| 1 | /* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
| 19 | |
| 20 | #include "defs.h" |
| 21 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 22 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 23 | #include "gdbcore.h" |
| 24 | #include "frame.h" |
| 25 | #include "target.h" |
| 26 | #include "value.h" |
| 27 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 28 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 29 | #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| 30 | #include "gdb_regex.h" |
| 31 | #include "expression.h" |
| 32 | #include "language.h" |
| 33 | #include "demangle.h" |
| 34 | #include "inferior.h" |
| 35 | #include "source.h" |
| 36 | #include "filenames.h" /* for FILENAME_CMP */ |
| 37 | #include "objc-lang.h" |
| 38 | #include "d-lang.h" |
| 39 | #include "ada-lang.h" |
| 40 | #include "go-lang.h" |
| 41 | #include "p-lang.h" |
| 42 | #include "addrmap.h" |
| 43 | #include "cli/cli-utils.h" |
| 44 | |
| 45 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 46 | |
| 47 | #include "gdb_obstack.h" |
| 48 | #include "block.h" |
| 49 | #include "dictionary.h" |
| 50 | |
| 51 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 52 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 53 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 54 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 55 | #include "cp-abi.h" |
| 56 | #include "cp-support.h" |
| 57 | #include "observer.h" |
| 58 | #include "solist.h" |
| 59 | #include "macrotab.h" |
| 60 | #include "macroscope.h" |
| 61 | |
| 62 | #include "parser-defs.h" |
| 63 | #include "completer.h" |
| 64 | |
| 65 | /* Forward declarations for local functions. */ |
| 66 | |
| 67 | static void rbreak_command (char *, int); |
| 68 | |
| 69 | static int find_line_common (struct linetable *, int, int *, int); |
| 70 | |
| 71 | static struct block_symbol |
| 72 | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, |
| 73 | const struct block *block, |
| 74 | const domain_enum domain, |
| 75 | enum language language, |
| 76 | struct field_of_this_result *); |
| 77 | |
| 78 | static |
| 79 | struct block_symbol lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, |
| 80 | const struct block *block, |
| 81 | const domain_enum domain, |
| 82 | enum language language); |
| 83 | |
| 84 | static struct block_symbol |
| 85 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 86 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain); |
| 87 | |
| 88 | extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_symtab; |
| 89 | |
| 90 | /* Program space key for finding name and language of "main". */ |
| 91 | |
| 92 | static const struct program_space_data *main_progspace_key; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | /* Type of the data stored on the program space. */ |
| 95 | |
| 96 | struct main_info |
| 97 | { |
| 98 | /* Name of "main". */ |
| 99 | |
| 100 | char *name_of_main; |
| 101 | |
| 102 | /* Language of "main". */ |
| 103 | |
| 104 | enum language language_of_main; |
| 105 | }; |
| 106 | |
| 107 | /* Program space key for finding its symbol cache. */ |
| 108 | |
| 109 | static const struct program_space_data *symbol_cache_key; |
| 110 | |
| 111 | /* The default symbol cache size. |
| 112 | There is no extra cpu cost for large N (except when flushing the cache, |
| 113 | which is rare). The value here is just a first attempt. A better default |
| 114 | value may be higher or lower. A prime number can make up for a bad hash |
| 115 | computation, so that's why the number is what it is. */ |
| 116 | #define DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE 1021 |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /* The maximum symbol cache size. |
| 119 | There's no method to the decision of what value to use here, other than |
| 120 | there's no point in allowing a user typo to make gdb consume all memory. */ |
| 121 | #define MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE (1024*1024) |
| 122 | |
| 123 | /* symbol_cache_lookup returns this if a previous lookup failed to find the |
| 124 | symbol in any objfile. */ |
| 125 | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED \ |
| 126 | ((struct block_symbol) {(struct symbol *) 1, NULL}) |
| 127 | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P(SIB) (SIB.symbol == (struct symbol *) 1) |
| 128 | |
| 129 | /* Recording lookups that don't find the symbol is just as important, if not |
| 130 | more so, than recording found symbols. */ |
| 131 | |
| 132 | enum symbol_cache_slot_state |
| 133 | { |
| 134 | SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED, |
| 135 | SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND, |
| 136 | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND |
| 137 | }; |
| 138 | |
| 139 | struct symbol_cache_slot |
| 140 | { |
| 141 | enum symbol_cache_slot_state state; |
| 142 | |
| 143 | /* The objfile that was current when the symbol was looked up. |
| 144 | This is only needed for global blocks, but for simplicity's sake |
| 145 | we allocate the space for both. If data shows the extra space used |
| 146 | for static blocks is a problem, we can split things up then. |
| 147 | |
| 148 | Global blocks need cache lookup to include the objfile context because |
| 149 | we need to account for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order |
| 150 | which can traverse objfiles in, effectively, any order, depending on |
| 151 | the current objfile, thus affecting which symbol is found. Normally, |
| 152 | only the current objfile is searched first, and then the rest are |
| 153 | searched in recorded order; but putting cache lookup inside |
| 154 | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order would be awkward. |
| 155 | Instead we just make the current objfile part of the context of |
| 156 | cache lookup. This means we can record the same symbol multiple times, |
| 157 | each with a different "current objfile" that was in effect when the |
| 158 | lookup was saved in the cache, but cache space is pretty cheap. */ |
| 159 | const struct objfile *objfile_context; |
| 160 | |
| 161 | union |
| 162 | { |
| 163 | struct block_symbol found; |
| 164 | struct |
| 165 | { |
| 166 | char *name; |
| 167 | domain_enum domain; |
| 168 | } not_found; |
| 169 | } value; |
| 170 | }; |
| 171 | |
| 172 | /* Symbols don't specify global vs static block. |
| 173 | So keep them in separate caches. */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 | struct block_symbol_cache |
| 176 | { |
| 177 | unsigned int hits; |
| 178 | unsigned int misses; |
| 179 | unsigned int collisions; |
| 180 | |
| 181 | /* SYMBOLS is a variable length array of this size. |
| 182 | One can imagine that in general one cache (global/static) should be a |
| 183 | fraction of the size of the other, but there's no data at the moment |
| 184 | on which to decide. */ |
| 185 | unsigned int size; |
| 186 | |
| 187 | struct symbol_cache_slot symbols[1]; |
| 188 | }; |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /* The symbol cache. |
| 191 | |
| 192 | Searching for symbols in the static and global blocks over multiple objfiles |
| 193 | again and again can be slow, as can searching very big objfiles. This is a |
| 194 | simple cache to improve symbol lookup performance, which is critical to |
| 195 | overall gdb performance. |
| 196 | |
| 197 | Symbols are hashed on the name, its domain, and block. |
| 198 | They are also hashed on their objfile for objfile-specific lookups. */ |
| 199 | |
| 200 | struct symbol_cache |
| 201 | { |
| 202 | struct block_symbol_cache *global_symbols; |
| 203 | struct block_symbol_cache *static_symbols; |
| 204 | }; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symtab creation. */ |
| 207 | unsigned int symtab_create_debug = 0; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symbol lookup. */ |
| 210 | unsigned int symbol_lookup_debug = 0; |
| 211 | |
| 212 | /* The size of the cache is staged here. */ |
| 213 | static unsigned int new_symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; |
| 214 | |
| 215 | /* The current value of the symbol cache size. |
| 216 | This is saved so that if the user enters a value too big we can restore |
| 217 | the original value from here. */ |
| 218 | static unsigned int symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; |
| 219 | |
| 220 | /* Non-zero if a file may be known by two different basenames. |
| 221 | This is the uncommon case, and significantly slows down gdb. |
| 222 | Default set to "off" to not slow down the common case. */ |
| 223 | int basenames_may_differ = 0; |
| 224 | |
| 225 | /* Allow the user to configure the debugger behavior with respect |
| 226 | to multiple-choice menus when more than one symbol matches during |
| 227 | a symbol lookup. */ |
| 228 | |
| 229 | const char multiple_symbols_ask[] = "ask"; |
| 230 | const char multiple_symbols_all[] = "all"; |
| 231 | const char multiple_symbols_cancel[] = "cancel"; |
| 232 | static const char *const multiple_symbols_modes[] = |
| 233 | { |
| 234 | multiple_symbols_ask, |
| 235 | multiple_symbols_all, |
| 236 | multiple_symbols_cancel, |
| 237 | NULL |
| 238 | }; |
| 239 | static const char *multiple_symbols_mode = multiple_symbols_all; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | /* Read-only accessor to AUTO_SELECT_MODE. */ |
| 242 | |
| 243 | const char * |
| 244 | multiple_symbols_select_mode (void) |
| 245 | { |
| 246 | return multiple_symbols_mode; |
| 247 | } |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /* Return the name of a domain_enum. */ |
| 250 | |
| 251 | const char * |
| 252 | domain_name (domain_enum e) |
| 253 | { |
| 254 | switch (e) |
| 255 | { |
| 256 | case UNDEF_DOMAIN: return "UNDEF_DOMAIN"; |
| 257 | case VAR_DOMAIN: return "VAR_DOMAIN"; |
| 258 | case STRUCT_DOMAIN: return "STRUCT_DOMAIN"; |
| 259 | case MODULE_DOMAIN: return "MODULE_DOMAIN"; |
| 260 | case LABEL_DOMAIN: return "LABEL_DOMAIN"; |
| 261 | case COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN: return "COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN"; |
| 262 | default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad domain_enum"); |
| 263 | } |
| 264 | } |
| 265 | |
| 266 | /* Return the name of a search_domain . */ |
| 267 | |
| 268 | const char * |
| 269 | search_domain_name (enum search_domain e) |
| 270 | { |
| 271 | switch (e) |
| 272 | { |
| 273 | case VARIABLES_DOMAIN: return "VARIABLES_DOMAIN"; |
| 274 | case FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN: return "FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN"; |
| 275 | case TYPES_DOMAIN: return "TYPES_DOMAIN"; |
| 276 | case ALL_DOMAIN: return "ALL_DOMAIN"; |
| 277 | default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad search_domain"); |
| 278 | } |
| 279 | } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 282 | |
| 283 | struct symtab * |
| 284 | compunit_primary_filetab (const struct compunit_symtab *cust) |
| 285 | { |
| 286 | gdb_assert (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust) != NULL); |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /* The primary file symtab is the first one in the list. */ |
| 289 | return COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust); |
| 290 | } |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 293 | |
| 294 | enum language |
| 295 | compunit_language (const struct compunit_symtab *cust) |
| 296 | { |
| 297 | struct symtab *symtab = compunit_primary_filetab (cust); |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /* The language of the compunit symtab is the language of its primary |
| 300 | source file. */ |
| 301 | return SYMTAB_LANGUAGE (symtab); |
| 302 | } |
| 303 | |
| 304 | /* See whether FILENAME matches SEARCH_NAME using the rule that we |
| 305 | advertise to the user. (The manual's description of linespecs |
| 306 | describes what we advertise). Returns true if they match, false |
| 307 | otherwise. */ |
| 308 | |
| 309 | int |
| 310 | compare_filenames_for_search (const char *filename, const char *search_name) |
| 311 | { |
| 312 | int len = strlen (filename); |
| 313 | size_t search_len = strlen (search_name); |
| 314 | |
| 315 | if (len < search_len) |
| 316 | return 0; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /* The tail of FILENAME must match. */ |
| 319 | if (FILENAME_CMP (filename + len - search_len, search_name) != 0) |
| 320 | return 0; |
| 321 | |
| 322 | /* Either the names must completely match, or the character |
| 323 | preceding the trailing SEARCH_NAME segment of FILENAME must be a |
| 324 | directory separator. |
| 325 | |
| 326 | The check !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH ensures SEARCH_NAME "/dir/file.c" |
| 327 | cannot match FILENAME "/path//dir/file.c" - as user has requested |
| 328 | absolute path. The sama applies for "c:\file.c" possibly |
| 329 | incorrectly hypothetically matching "d:\dir\c:\file.c". |
| 330 | |
| 331 | The HAS_DRIVE_SPEC purpose is to make FILENAME "c:file.c" |
| 332 | compatible with SEARCH_NAME "file.c". In such case a compiler had |
| 333 | to put the "c:file.c" name into debug info. Such compatibility |
| 334 | works only on GDB built for DOS host. */ |
| 335 | return (len == search_len |
| 336 | || (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name) |
| 337 | && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (filename[len - search_len - 1])) |
| 338 | || (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) |
| 339 | && STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) == &filename[len - search_len])); |
| 340 | } |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /* Check for a symtab of a specific name by searching some symtabs. |
| 343 | This is a helper function for callbacks of iterate_over_symtabs. |
| 344 | |
| 345 | If NAME is not absolute, then REAL_PATH is NULL |
| 346 | If NAME is absolute, then REAL_PATH is the gdb_realpath form of NAME. |
| 347 | |
| 348 | The return value, NAME, REAL_PATH, CALLBACK, and DATA |
| 349 | are identical to the `map_symtabs_matching_filename' method of |
| 350 | quick_symbol_functions. |
| 351 | |
| 352 | FIRST and AFTER_LAST indicate the range of compunit symtabs to search. |
| 353 | Each symtab within the specified compunit symtab is also searched. |
| 354 | AFTER_LAST is one past the last compunit symtab to search; NULL means to |
| 355 | search until the end of the list. */ |
| 356 | |
| 357 | int |
| 358 | iterate_over_some_symtabs (const char *name, |
| 359 | const char *real_path, |
| 360 | int (*callback) (struct symtab *symtab, |
| 361 | void *data), |
| 362 | void *data, |
| 363 | struct compunit_symtab *first, |
| 364 | struct compunit_symtab *after_last) |
| 365 | { |
| 366 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 367 | struct symtab *s; |
| 368 | const char* base_name = lbasename (name); |
| 369 | |
| 370 | for (cust = first; cust != NULL && cust != after_last; cust = cust->next) |
| 371 | { |
| 372 | ALL_COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust, s) |
| 373 | { |
| 374 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (s->filename, name)) |
| 375 | { |
| 376 | if (callback (s, data)) |
| 377 | return 1; |
| 378 | continue; |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | |
| 381 | /* Before we invoke realpath, which can get expensive when many |
| 382 | files are involved, do a quick comparison of the basenames. */ |
| 383 | if (! basenames_may_differ |
| 384 | && FILENAME_CMP (base_name, lbasename (s->filename)) != 0) |
| 385 | continue; |
| 386 | |
| 387 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (symtab_to_fullname (s), name)) |
| 388 | { |
| 389 | if (callback (s, data)) |
| 390 | return 1; |
| 391 | continue; |
| 392 | } |
| 393 | |
| 394 | /* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in |
| 395 | this symtab and use its absolute path. */ |
| 396 | if (real_path != NULL) |
| 397 | { |
| 398 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); |
| 399 | |
| 400 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path)); |
| 401 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)); |
| 402 | if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, fullname) == 0) |
| 403 | { |
| 404 | if (callback (s, data)) |
| 405 | return 1; |
| 406 | continue; |
| 407 | } |
| 408 | } |
| 409 | } |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | return 0; |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | /* Check for a symtab of a specific name; first in symtabs, then in |
| 416 | psymtabs. *If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/' |
| 417 | in the symtab filename will also work. |
| 418 | |
| 419 | Calls CALLBACK with each symtab that is found and with the supplied |
| 420 | DATA. If CALLBACK returns true, the search stops. */ |
| 421 | |
| 422 | void |
| 423 | iterate_over_symtabs (const char *name, |
| 424 | int (*callback) (struct symtab *symtab, |
| 425 | void *data), |
| 426 | void *data) |
| 427 | { |
| 428 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 429 | char *real_path = NULL; |
| 430 | struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 431 | |
| 432 | /* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not |
| 433 | absolutizing a relative path. */ |
| 434 | if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)) |
| 435 | { |
| 436 | real_path = gdb_realpath (name); |
| 437 | make_cleanup (xfree, real_path); |
| 438 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path)); |
| 439 | } |
| 440 | |
| 441 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | if (iterate_over_some_symtabs (name, real_path, callback, data, |
| 444 | objfile->compunit_symtabs, NULL)) |
| 445 | { |
| 446 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 447 | return; |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | } |
| 450 | |
| 451 | /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the |
| 452 | psymtabs. */ |
| 453 | |
| 454 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 455 | { |
| 456 | if (objfile->sf |
| 457 | && objfile->sf->qf->map_symtabs_matching_filename (objfile, |
| 458 | name, |
| 459 | real_path, |
| 460 | callback, |
| 461 | data)) |
| 462 | { |
| 463 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 464 | return; |
| 465 | } |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | |
| 468 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /* The callback function used by lookup_symtab. */ |
| 472 | |
| 473 | static int |
| 474 | lookup_symtab_callback (struct symtab *symtab, void *data) |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | struct symtab **result_ptr = data; |
| 477 | |
| 478 | *result_ptr = symtab; |
| 479 | return 1; |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | |
| 482 | /* A wrapper for iterate_over_symtabs that returns the first matching |
| 483 | symtab, or NULL. */ |
| 484 | |
| 485 | struct symtab * |
| 486 | lookup_symtab (const char *name) |
| 487 | { |
| 488 | struct symtab *result = NULL; |
| 489 | |
| 490 | iterate_over_symtabs (name, lookup_symtab_callback, &result); |
| 491 | return result; |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | |
| 494 | \f |
| 495 | /* Mangle a GDB method stub type. This actually reassembles the pieces of the |
| 496 | full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned |
| 497 | method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload, |
| 498 | specified by SIGNATURE_ID. Note that this function is g++ specific. */ |
| 499 | |
| 500 | char * |
| 501 | gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id) |
| 502 | { |
| 503 | int mangled_name_len; |
| 504 | char *mangled_name; |
| 505 | struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id); |
| 506 | struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id]; |
| 507 | const char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id); |
| 508 | const char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id); |
| 509 | const char *newname = type_name_no_tag (type); |
| 510 | |
| 511 | /* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name |
| 512 | of a constructor (not just the args)? */ |
| 513 | int is_full_physname_constructor; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | int is_constructor; |
| 516 | int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname); |
| 517 | /* Need a new type prefix. */ |
| 518 | char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : ""; |
| 519 | char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : ""; |
| 520 | char buf[20]; |
| 521 | int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname)); |
| 522 | |
| 523 | /* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name |
| 524 | or an operator name. */ |
| 525 | if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z') |
| 526 | || is_operator_name (field_name)) |
| 527 | return xstrdup (physname); |
| 528 | |
| 529 | is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname); |
| 530 | |
| 531 | is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor |
| 532 | || (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0); |
| 533 | |
| 534 | if (!is_destructor) |
| 535 | is_destructor = (startswith (physname, "__dt")); |
| 536 | |
| 537 | if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor) |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1); |
| 540 | strcpy (mangled_name, physname); |
| 541 | return mangled_name; |
| 542 | } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | if (len == 0) |
| 545 | { |
| 546 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); |
| 547 | } |
| 548 | else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q') |
| 549 | { |
| 550 | /* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes |
| 551 | the class name. */ |
| 552 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); |
| 553 | newname = NULL; |
| 554 | len = 0; |
| 555 | } |
| 556 | else |
| 557 | { |
| 558 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, |
| 559 | volatile_prefix, len); |
| 560 | } |
| 561 | mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name)) |
| 562 | + strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1); |
| 563 | |
| 564 | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len); |
| 565 | if (is_constructor) |
| 566 | mangled_name[0] = '\0'; |
| 567 | else |
| 568 | strcpy (mangled_name, field_name); |
| 569 | |
| 570 | strcat (mangled_name, buf); |
| 571 | /* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just |
| 572 | mangle it using 0 for the length of the class. Thus it gets mangled |
| 573 | as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'. */ |
| 574 | if (newname != NULL) |
| 575 | strcat (mangled_name, newname); |
| 576 | |
| 577 | strcat (mangled_name, physname); |
| 578 | return (mangled_name); |
| 579 | } |
| 580 | |
| 581 | /* Set the demangled name of GSYMBOL to NAME. NAME must be already |
| 582 | correctly allocated. */ |
| 583 | |
| 584 | void |
| 585 | symbol_set_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, |
| 586 | const char *name, |
| 587 | struct obstack *obstack) |
| 588 | { |
| 589 | if (gsymbol->language == language_ada) |
| 590 | { |
| 591 | if (name == NULL) |
| 592 | { |
| 593 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 0; |
| 594 | gsymbol->language_specific.obstack = obstack; |
| 595 | } |
| 596 | else |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 1; |
| 599 | gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name = name; |
| 600 | } |
| 601 | } |
| 602 | else |
| 603 | gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name = name; |
| 604 | } |
| 605 | |
| 606 | /* Return the demangled name of GSYMBOL. */ |
| 607 | |
| 608 | const char * |
| 609 | symbol_get_demangled_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) |
| 610 | { |
| 611 | if (gsymbol->language == language_ada) |
| 612 | { |
| 613 | if (!gsymbol->ada_mangled) |
| 614 | return NULL; |
| 615 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 616 | } |
| 617 | |
| 618 | return gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name; |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | \f |
| 622 | /* Initialize the language dependent portion of a symbol |
| 623 | depending upon the language for the symbol. */ |
| 624 | |
| 625 | void |
| 626 | symbol_set_language (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, |
| 627 | enum language language, |
| 628 | struct obstack *obstack) |
| 629 | { |
| 630 | gsymbol->language = language; |
| 631 | if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus |
| 632 | || gsymbol->language == language_d |
| 633 | || gsymbol->language == language_go |
| 634 | || gsymbol->language == language_java |
| 635 | || gsymbol->language == language_objc |
| 636 | || gsymbol->language == language_fortran) |
| 637 | { |
| 638 | symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, obstack); |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | else if (gsymbol->language == language_ada) |
| 641 | { |
| 642 | gdb_assert (gsymbol->ada_mangled == 0); |
| 643 | gsymbol->language_specific.obstack = obstack; |
| 644 | } |
| 645 | else |
| 646 | { |
| 647 | memset (&gsymbol->language_specific, 0, |
| 648 | sizeof (gsymbol->language_specific)); |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | } |
| 651 | |
| 652 | /* Functions to initialize a symbol's mangled name. */ |
| 653 | |
| 654 | /* Objects of this type are stored in the demangled name hash table. */ |
| 655 | struct demangled_name_entry |
| 656 | { |
| 657 | const char *mangled; |
| 658 | char demangled[1]; |
| 659 | }; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | /* Hash function for the demangled name hash. */ |
| 662 | |
| 663 | static hashval_t |
| 664 | hash_demangled_name_entry (const void *data) |
| 665 | { |
| 666 | const struct demangled_name_entry *e = data; |
| 667 | |
| 668 | return htab_hash_string (e->mangled); |
| 669 | } |
| 670 | |
| 671 | /* Equality function for the demangled name hash. */ |
| 672 | |
| 673 | static int |
| 674 | eq_demangled_name_entry (const void *a, const void *b) |
| 675 | { |
| 676 | const struct demangled_name_entry *da = a; |
| 677 | const struct demangled_name_entry *db = b; |
| 678 | |
| 679 | return strcmp (da->mangled, db->mangled) == 0; |
| 680 | } |
| 681 | |
| 682 | /* Create the hash table used for demangled names. Each hash entry is |
| 683 | a pair of strings; one for the mangled name and one for the demangled |
| 684 | name. The entry is hashed via just the mangled name. */ |
| 685 | |
| 686 | static void |
| 687 | create_demangled_names_hash (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 688 | { |
| 689 | /* Choose 256 as the starting size of the hash table, somewhat arbitrarily. |
| 690 | The hash table code will round this up to the next prime number. |
| 691 | Choosing a much larger table size wastes memory, and saves only about |
| 692 | 1% in symbol reading. */ |
| 693 | |
| 694 | objfile->per_bfd->demangled_names_hash = htab_create_alloc |
| 695 | (256, hash_demangled_name_entry, eq_demangled_name_entry, |
| 696 | NULL, xcalloc, xfree); |
| 697 | } |
| 698 | |
| 699 | /* Try to determine the demangled name for a symbol, based on the |
| 700 | language of that symbol. If the language is set to language_auto, |
| 701 | it will attempt to find any demangling algorithm that works and |
| 702 | then set the language appropriately. The returned name is allocated |
| 703 | by the demangler and should be xfree'd. */ |
| 704 | |
| 705 | static char * |
| 706 | symbol_find_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, |
| 707 | const char *mangled) |
| 708 | { |
| 709 | char *demangled = NULL; |
| 710 | |
| 711 | if (gsymbol->language == language_unknown) |
| 712 | gsymbol->language = language_auto; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | if (gsymbol->language == language_objc |
| 715 | || gsymbol->language == language_auto) |
| 716 | { |
| 717 | demangled = |
| 718 | objc_demangle (mangled, 0); |
| 719 | if (demangled != NULL) |
| 720 | { |
| 721 | gsymbol->language = language_objc; |
| 722 | return demangled; |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | } |
| 725 | if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus |
| 726 | || gsymbol->language == language_auto) |
| 727 | { |
| 728 | demangled = |
| 729 | gdb_demangle (mangled, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI); |
| 730 | if (demangled != NULL) |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | gsymbol->language = language_cplus; |
| 733 | return demangled; |
| 734 | } |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | if (gsymbol->language == language_java) |
| 737 | { |
| 738 | demangled = |
| 739 | gdb_demangle (mangled, |
| 740 | DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_JAVA); |
| 741 | if (demangled != NULL) |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | gsymbol->language = language_java; |
| 744 | return demangled; |
| 745 | } |
| 746 | } |
| 747 | if (gsymbol->language == language_d |
| 748 | || gsymbol->language == language_auto) |
| 749 | { |
| 750 | demangled = d_demangle(mangled, 0); |
| 751 | if (demangled != NULL) |
| 752 | { |
| 753 | gsymbol->language = language_d; |
| 754 | return demangled; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | } |
| 757 | /* FIXME(dje): Continually adding languages here is clumsy. |
| 758 | Better to just call la_demangle if !auto, and if auto then call |
| 759 | a utility routine that tries successive languages in turn and reports |
| 760 | which one it finds. I realize the la_demangle options may be different |
| 761 | for different languages but there's already a FIXME for that. */ |
| 762 | if (gsymbol->language == language_go |
| 763 | || gsymbol->language == language_auto) |
| 764 | { |
| 765 | demangled = go_demangle (mangled, 0); |
| 766 | if (demangled != NULL) |
| 767 | { |
| 768 | gsymbol->language = language_go; |
| 769 | return demangled; |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | } |
| 772 | |
| 773 | /* We could support `gsymbol->language == language_fortran' here to provide |
| 774 | module namespaces also for inferiors with only minimal symbol table (ELF |
| 775 | symbols). Just the mangling standard is not standardized across compilers |
| 776 | and there is no DW_AT_producer available for inferiors with only the ELF |
| 777 | symbols to check the mangling kind. */ |
| 778 | |
| 779 | /* Check for Ada symbols last. See comment below explaining why. */ |
| 780 | |
| 781 | if (gsymbol->language == language_auto) |
| 782 | { |
| 783 | const char *demangled = ada_decode (mangled); |
| 784 | |
| 785 | if (demangled != mangled && demangled != NULL && demangled[0] != '<') |
| 786 | { |
| 787 | /* Set the gsymbol language to Ada, but still return NULL. |
| 788 | Two reasons for that: |
| 789 | |
| 790 | 1. For Ada, we prefer computing the symbol's decoded name |
| 791 | on the fly rather than pre-compute it, in order to save |
| 792 | memory (Ada projects are typically very large). |
| 793 | |
| 794 | 2. There are some areas in the definition of the GNAT |
| 795 | encoding where, with a bit of bad luck, we might be able |
| 796 | to decode a non-Ada symbol, generating an incorrect |
| 797 | demangled name (Eg: names ending with "TB" for instance |
| 798 | are identified as task bodies and so stripped from |
| 799 | the decoded name returned). |
| 800 | |
| 801 | Returning NULL, here, helps us get a little bit of |
| 802 | the best of both worlds. Because we're last, we should |
| 803 | not affect any of the other languages that were able to |
| 804 | demangle the symbol before us; we get to correctly tag |
| 805 | Ada symbols as such; and even if we incorrectly tagged |
| 806 | a non-Ada symbol, which should be rare, any routing |
| 807 | through the Ada language should be transparent (Ada |
| 808 | tries to behave much like C/C++ with non-Ada symbols). */ |
| 809 | gsymbol->language = language_ada; |
| 810 | return NULL; |
| 811 | } |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | return NULL; |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | |
| 817 | /* Set both the mangled and demangled (if any) names for GSYMBOL based |
| 818 | on LINKAGE_NAME and LEN. Ordinarily, NAME is copied onto the |
| 819 | objfile's obstack; but if COPY_NAME is 0 and if NAME is |
| 820 | NUL-terminated, then this function assumes that NAME is already |
| 821 | correctly saved (either permanently or with a lifetime tied to the |
| 822 | objfile), and it will not be copied. |
| 823 | |
| 824 | The hash table corresponding to OBJFILE is used, and the memory |
| 825 | comes from the per-BFD storage_obstack. LINKAGE_NAME is copied, |
| 826 | so the pointer can be discarded after calling this function. */ |
| 827 | |
| 828 | /* We have to be careful when dealing with Java names: when we run |
| 829 | into a Java minimal symbol, we don't know it's a Java symbol, so it |
| 830 | gets demangled as a C++ name. This is unfortunate, but there's not |
| 831 | much we can do about it: but when demangling partial symbols and |
| 832 | regular symbols, we'd better not reuse the wrong demangled name. |
| 833 | (See PR gdb/1039.) We solve this by putting a distinctive prefix |
| 834 | on Java names when storing them in the hash table. */ |
| 835 | |
| 836 | /* FIXME: carlton/2003-03-13: This is an unfortunate situation. I |
| 837 | don't mind the Java prefix so much: different languages have |
| 838 | different demangling requirements, so it's only natural that we |
| 839 | need to keep language data around in our demangling cache. But |
| 840 | it's not good that the minimal symbol has the wrong demangled name. |
| 841 | Unfortunately, I can't think of any easy solution to that |
| 842 | problem. */ |
| 843 | |
| 844 | #define JAVA_PREFIX "##JAVA$$" |
| 845 | #define JAVA_PREFIX_LEN 8 |
| 846 | |
| 847 | void |
| 848 | symbol_set_names (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, |
| 849 | const char *linkage_name, int len, int copy_name, |
| 850 | struct objfile *objfile) |
| 851 | { |
| 852 | struct demangled_name_entry **slot; |
| 853 | /* A 0-terminated copy of the linkage name. */ |
| 854 | const char *linkage_name_copy; |
| 855 | /* A copy of the linkage name that might have a special Java prefix |
| 856 | added to it, for use when looking names up in the hash table. */ |
| 857 | const char *lookup_name; |
| 858 | /* The length of lookup_name. */ |
| 859 | int lookup_len; |
| 860 | struct demangled_name_entry entry; |
| 861 | struct objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd = objfile->per_bfd; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | if (gsymbol->language == language_ada) |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | /* In Ada, we do the symbol lookups using the mangled name, so |
| 866 | we can save some space by not storing the demangled name. |
| 867 | |
| 868 | As a side note, we have also observed some overlap between |
| 869 | the C++ mangling and Ada mangling, similarly to what has |
| 870 | been observed with Java. Because we don't store the demangled |
| 871 | name with the symbol, we don't need to use the same trick |
| 872 | as Java. */ |
| 873 | if (!copy_name) |
| 874 | gsymbol->name = linkage_name; |
| 875 | else |
| 876 | { |
| 877 | char *name = obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, len + 1); |
| 878 | |
| 879 | memcpy (name, linkage_name, len); |
| 880 | name[len] = '\0'; |
| 881 | gsymbol->name = name; |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, &per_bfd->storage_obstack); |
| 884 | |
| 885 | return; |
| 886 | } |
| 887 | |
| 888 | if (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash == NULL) |
| 889 | create_demangled_names_hash (objfile); |
| 890 | |
| 891 | /* The stabs reader generally provides names that are not |
| 892 | NUL-terminated; most of the other readers don't do this, so we |
| 893 | can just use the given copy, unless we're in the Java case. */ |
| 894 | if (gsymbol->language == language_java) |
| 895 | { |
| 896 | char *alloc_name; |
| 897 | |
| 898 | lookup_len = len + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN; |
| 899 | alloc_name = alloca (lookup_len + 1); |
| 900 | memcpy (alloc_name, JAVA_PREFIX, JAVA_PREFIX_LEN); |
| 901 | memcpy (alloc_name + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN, linkage_name, len); |
| 902 | alloc_name[lookup_len] = '\0'; |
| 903 | |
| 904 | lookup_name = alloc_name; |
| 905 | linkage_name_copy = alloc_name + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN; |
| 906 | } |
| 907 | else if (linkage_name[len] != '\0') |
| 908 | { |
| 909 | char *alloc_name; |
| 910 | |
| 911 | lookup_len = len; |
| 912 | alloc_name = alloca (lookup_len + 1); |
| 913 | memcpy (alloc_name, linkage_name, len); |
| 914 | alloc_name[lookup_len] = '\0'; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | lookup_name = alloc_name; |
| 917 | linkage_name_copy = alloc_name; |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | else |
| 920 | { |
| 921 | lookup_len = len; |
| 922 | lookup_name = linkage_name; |
| 923 | linkage_name_copy = linkage_name; |
| 924 | } |
| 925 | |
| 926 | entry.mangled = lookup_name; |
| 927 | slot = ((struct demangled_name_entry **) |
| 928 | htab_find_slot (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash, |
| 929 | &entry, INSERT)); |
| 930 | |
| 931 | /* If this name is not in the hash table, add it. */ |
| 932 | if (*slot == NULL |
| 933 | /* A C version of the symbol may have already snuck into the table. |
| 934 | This happens to, e.g., main.init (__go_init_main). Cope. */ |
| 935 | || (gsymbol->language == language_go |
| 936 | && (*slot)->demangled[0] == '\0')) |
| 937 | { |
| 938 | char *demangled_name = symbol_find_demangled_name (gsymbol, |
| 939 | linkage_name_copy); |
| 940 | int demangled_len = demangled_name ? strlen (demangled_name) : 0; |
| 941 | |
| 942 | /* Suppose we have demangled_name==NULL, copy_name==0, and |
| 943 | lookup_name==linkage_name. In this case, we already have the |
| 944 | mangled name saved, and we don't have a demangled name. So, |
| 945 | you might think we could save a little space by not recording |
| 946 | this in the hash table at all. |
| 947 | |
| 948 | It turns out that it is actually important to still save such |
| 949 | an entry in the hash table, because storing this name gives |
| 950 | us better bcache hit rates for partial symbols. */ |
| 951 | if (!copy_name && lookup_name == linkage_name) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | *slot = obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, |
| 954 | offsetof (struct demangled_name_entry, |
| 955 | demangled) |
| 956 | + demangled_len + 1); |
| 957 | (*slot)->mangled = lookup_name; |
| 958 | } |
| 959 | else |
| 960 | { |
| 961 | char *mangled_ptr; |
| 962 | |
| 963 | /* If we must copy the mangled name, put it directly after |
| 964 | the demangled name so we can have a single |
| 965 | allocation. */ |
| 966 | *slot = obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, |
| 967 | offsetof (struct demangled_name_entry, |
| 968 | demangled) |
| 969 | + lookup_len + demangled_len + 2); |
| 970 | mangled_ptr = &((*slot)->demangled[demangled_len + 1]); |
| 971 | strcpy (mangled_ptr, lookup_name); |
| 972 | (*slot)->mangled = mangled_ptr; |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | |
| 975 | if (demangled_name != NULL) |
| 976 | { |
| 977 | strcpy ((*slot)->demangled, demangled_name); |
| 978 | xfree (demangled_name); |
| 979 | } |
| 980 | else |
| 981 | (*slot)->demangled[0] = '\0'; |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | |
| 984 | gsymbol->name = (*slot)->mangled + lookup_len - len; |
| 985 | if ((*slot)->demangled[0] != '\0') |
| 986 | symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, (*slot)->demangled, |
| 987 | &per_bfd->storage_obstack); |
| 988 | else |
| 989 | symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, &per_bfd->storage_obstack); |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | |
| 992 | /* Return the source code name of a symbol. In languages where |
| 993 | demangling is necessary, this is the demangled name. */ |
| 994 | |
| 995 | const char * |
| 996 | symbol_natural_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | switch (gsymbol->language) |
| 999 | { |
| 1000 | case language_cplus: |
| 1001 | case language_d: |
| 1002 | case language_go: |
| 1003 | case language_java: |
| 1004 | case language_objc: |
| 1005 | case language_fortran: |
| 1006 | if (symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol) != NULL) |
| 1007 | return symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol); |
| 1008 | break; |
| 1009 | case language_ada: |
| 1010 | return ada_decode_symbol (gsymbol); |
| 1011 | default: |
| 1012 | break; |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | return gsymbol->name; |
| 1015 | } |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | /* Return the demangled name for a symbol based on the language for |
| 1018 | that symbol. If no demangled name exists, return NULL. */ |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | const char * |
| 1021 | symbol_demangled_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) |
| 1022 | { |
| 1023 | const char *dem_name = NULL; |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 | switch (gsymbol->language) |
| 1026 | { |
| 1027 | case language_cplus: |
| 1028 | case language_d: |
| 1029 | case language_go: |
| 1030 | case language_java: |
| 1031 | case language_objc: |
| 1032 | case language_fortran: |
| 1033 | dem_name = symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol); |
| 1034 | break; |
| 1035 | case language_ada: |
| 1036 | dem_name = ada_decode_symbol (gsymbol); |
| 1037 | break; |
| 1038 | default: |
| 1039 | break; |
| 1040 | } |
| 1041 | return dem_name; |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | /* Return the search name of a symbol---generally the demangled or |
| 1045 | linkage name of the symbol, depending on how it will be searched for. |
| 1046 | If there is no distinct demangled name, then returns the same value |
| 1047 | (same pointer) as SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME. */ |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | const char * |
| 1050 | symbol_search_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) |
| 1051 | { |
| 1052 | if (gsymbol->language == language_ada) |
| 1053 | return gsymbol->name; |
| 1054 | else |
| 1055 | return symbol_natural_name (gsymbol); |
| 1056 | } |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | /* Initialize the structure fields to zero values. */ |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | void |
| 1061 | init_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal) |
| 1062 | { |
| 1063 | memset (sal, 0, sizeof (*sal)); |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | \f |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | /* Return 1 if the two sections are the same, or if they could |
| 1068 | plausibly be copies of each other, one in an original object |
| 1069 | file and another in a separated debug file. */ |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | int |
| 1072 | matching_obj_sections (struct obj_section *obj_first, |
| 1073 | struct obj_section *obj_second) |
| 1074 | { |
| 1075 | asection *first = obj_first? obj_first->the_bfd_section : NULL; |
| 1076 | asection *second = obj_second? obj_second->the_bfd_section : NULL; |
| 1077 | struct objfile *obj; |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /* If they're the same section, then they match. */ |
| 1080 | if (first == second) |
| 1081 | return 1; |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | /* If either is NULL, give up. */ |
| 1084 | if (first == NULL || second == NULL) |
| 1085 | return 0; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | /* This doesn't apply to absolute symbols. */ |
| 1088 | if (first->owner == NULL || second->owner == NULL) |
| 1089 | return 0; |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | /* If they're in the same object file, they must be different sections. */ |
| 1092 | if (first->owner == second->owner) |
| 1093 | return 0; |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /* Check whether the two sections are potentially corresponding. They must |
| 1096 | have the same size, address, and name. We can't compare section indexes, |
| 1097 | which would be more reliable, because some sections may have been |
| 1098 | stripped. */ |
| 1099 | if (bfd_get_section_size (first) != bfd_get_section_size (second)) |
| 1100 | return 0; |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /* In-memory addresses may start at a different offset, relativize them. */ |
| 1103 | if (bfd_get_section_vma (first->owner, first) |
| 1104 | - bfd_get_start_address (first->owner) |
| 1105 | != bfd_get_section_vma (second->owner, second) |
| 1106 | - bfd_get_start_address (second->owner)) |
| 1107 | return 0; |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | if (bfd_get_section_name (first->owner, first) == NULL |
| 1110 | || bfd_get_section_name (second->owner, second) == NULL |
| 1111 | || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (first->owner, first), |
| 1112 | bfd_get_section_name (second->owner, second)) != 0) |
| 1113 | return 0; |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | /* Otherwise check that they are in corresponding objfiles. */ |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | ALL_OBJFILES (obj) |
| 1118 | if (obj->obfd == first->owner) |
| 1119 | break; |
| 1120 | gdb_assert (obj != NULL); |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile != NULL |
| 1123 | && obj->separate_debug_objfile->obfd == second->owner) |
| 1124 | return 1; |
| 1125 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != NULL |
| 1126 | && obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink->obfd == second->owner) |
| 1127 | return 1; |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | return 0; |
| 1130 | } |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | void |
| 1135 | expand_symtab_containing_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) |
| 1136 | { |
| 1137 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 1138 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is |
| 1141 | necessary because we loop based on texthigh and textlow, which do |
| 1142 | not include the data ranges. */ |
| 1143 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section); |
| 1144 | if (msymbol.minsym |
| 1145 | && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_data |
| 1146 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_bss |
| 1147 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_abs |
| 1148 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_file_data |
| 1149 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_file_bss)) |
| 1150 | return; |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | struct compunit_symtab *cust = NULL; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | if (objfile->sf) |
| 1157 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (objfile, msymbol, |
| 1158 | pc, section, 0); |
| 1159 | if (cust) |
| 1160 | return; |
| 1161 | } |
| 1162 | } |
| 1163 | \f |
| 1164 | /* Hash function for the symbol cache. */ |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | static unsigned int |
| 1167 | hash_symbol_entry (const struct objfile *objfile_context, |
| 1168 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) |
| 1169 | { |
| 1170 | unsigned int hash = (uintptr_t) objfile_context; |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | if (name != NULL) |
| 1173 | hash += htab_hash_string (name); |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /* Because of symbol_matches_domain we need VAR_DOMAIN and STRUCT_DOMAIN |
| 1176 | to map to the same slot. */ |
| 1177 | if (domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 1178 | hash += VAR_DOMAIN * 7; |
| 1179 | else |
| 1180 | hash += domain * 7; |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | return hash; |
| 1183 | } |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | /* Equality function for the symbol cache. */ |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | static int |
| 1188 | eq_symbol_entry (const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, |
| 1189 | const struct objfile *objfile_context, |
| 1190 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) |
| 1191 | { |
| 1192 | const char *slot_name; |
| 1193 | domain_enum slot_domain; |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) |
| 1196 | return 0; |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | if (slot->objfile_context != objfile_context) |
| 1199 | return 0; |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | slot_name = slot->value.not_found.name; |
| 1204 | slot_domain = slot->value.not_found.domain; |
| 1205 | } |
| 1206 | else |
| 1207 | { |
| 1208 | slot_name = SYMBOL_SEARCH_NAME (slot->value.found.symbol); |
| 1209 | slot_domain = SYMBOL_DOMAIN (slot->value.found.symbol); |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /* NULL names match. */ |
| 1213 | if (slot_name == NULL && name == NULL) |
| 1214 | { |
| 1215 | /* But there's no point in calling symbol_matches_domain in the |
| 1216 | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND case. */ |
| 1217 | if (slot_domain != domain) |
| 1218 | return 0; |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | else if (slot_name != NULL && name != NULL) |
| 1221 | { |
| 1222 | /* It's important that we use the same comparison that was done the |
| 1223 | first time through. If the slot records a found symbol, then this |
| 1224 | means using strcmp_iw on SYMBOL_SEARCH_NAME. See dictionary.c. |
| 1225 | It also means using symbol_matches_domain for found symbols. |
| 1226 | See block.c. |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | If the slot records a not-found symbol, then require a precise match. |
| 1229 | We could still be lax with whitespace like strcmp_iw though. */ |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) |
| 1232 | { |
| 1233 | if (strcmp (slot_name, name) != 0) |
| 1234 | return 0; |
| 1235 | if (slot_domain != domain) |
| 1236 | return 0; |
| 1237 | } |
| 1238 | else |
| 1239 | { |
| 1240 | struct symbol *sym = slot->value.found.symbol; |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | if (strcmp_iw (slot_name, name) != 0) |
| 1243 | return 0; |
| 1244 | if (!symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), |
| 1245 | slot_domain, domain)) |
| 1246 | return 0; |
| 1247 | } |
| 1248 | } |
| 1249 | else |
| 1250 | { |
| 1251 | /* Only one name is NULL. */ |
| 1252 | return 0; |
| 1253 | } |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | return 1; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | /* Given a cache of size SIZE, return the size of the struct (with variable |
| 1259 | length array) in bytes. */ |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | static size_t |
| 1262 | symbol_cache_byte_size (unsigned int size) |
| 1263 | { |
| 1264 | return (sizeof (struct block_symbol_cache) |
| 1265 | + ((size - 1) * sizeof (struct symbol_cache_slot))); |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | /* Resize CACHE. */ |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | static void |
| 1271 | resize_symbol_cache (struct symbol_cache *cache, unsigned int new_size) |
| 1272 | { |
| 1273 | /* If there's no change in size, don't do anything. |
| 1274 | All caches have the same size, so we can just compare with the size |
| 1275 | of the global symbols cache. */ |
| 1276 | if ((cache->global_symbols != NULL |
| 1277 | && cache->global_symbols->size == new_size) |
| 1278 | || (cache->global_symbols == NULL |
| 1279 | && new_size == 0)) |
| 1280 | return; |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | xfree (cache->global_symbols); |
| 1283 | xfree (cache->static_symbols); |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | if (new_size == 0) |
| 1286 | { |
| 1287 | cache->global_symbols = NULL; |
| 1288 | cache->static_symbols = NULL; |
| 1289 | } |
| 1290 | else |
| 1291 | { |
| 1292 | size_t total_size = symbol_cache_byte_size (new_size); |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | cache->global_symbols = xcalloc (1, total_size); |
| 1295 | cache->static_symbols = xcalloc (1, total_size); |
| 1296 | cache->global_symbols->size = new_size; |
| 1297 | cache->static_symbols->size = new_size; |
| 1298 | } |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | /* Make a symbol cache of size SIZE. */ |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | static struct symbol_cache * |
| 1304 | make_symbol_cache (unsigned int size) |
| 1305 | { |
| 1306 | struct symbol_cache *cache; |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | cache = XCNEW (struct symbol_cache); |
| 1309 | resize_symbol_cache (cache, symbol_cache_size); |
| 1310 | return cache; |
| 1311 | } |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | /* Free the space used by CACHE. */ |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | static void |
| 1316 | free_symbol_cache (struct symbol_cache *cache) |
| 1317 | { |
| 1318 | xfree (cache->global_symbols); |
| 1319 | xfree (cache->static_symbols); |
| 1320 | xfree (cache); |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | /* Return the symbol cache of PSPACE. |
| 1324 | Create one if it doesn't exist yet. */ |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | static struct symbol_cache * |
| 1327 | get_symbol_cache (struct program_space *pspace) |
| 1328 | { |
| 1329 | struct symbol_cache *cache = program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key); |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | cache = make_symbol_cache (symbol_cache_size); |
| 1334 | set_program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key, cache); |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | return cache; |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | /* Delete the symbol cache of PSPACE. |
| 1341 | Called when PSPACE is destroyed. */ |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | static void |
| 1344 | symbol_cache_cleanup (struct program_space *pspace, void *data) |
| 1345 | { |
| 1346 | struct symbol_cache *cache = data; |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | free_symbol_cache (cache); |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | /* Set the size of the symbol cache in all program spaces. */ |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | static void |
| 1354 | set_symbol_cache_size (unsigned int new_size) |
| 1355 | { |
| 1356 | struct program_space *pspace; |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| 1359 | { |
| 1360 | struct symbol_cache *cache |
| 1361 | = program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key); |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | /* The pspace could have been created but not have a cache yet. */ |
| 1364 | if (cache != NULL) |
| 1365 | resize_symbol_cache (cache, new_size); |
| 1366 | } |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | /* Called when symbol-cache-size is set. */ |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | static void |
| 1372 | set_symbol_cache_size_handler (char *args, int from_tty, |
| 1373 | struct cmd_list_element *c) |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | if (new_symbol_cache_size > MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE) |
| 1376 | { |
| 1377 | /* Restore the previous value. |
| 1378 | This is the value the "show" command prints. */ |
| 1379 | new_symbol_cache_size = symbol_cache_size; |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | error (_("Symbol cache size is too large, max is %u."), |
| 1382 | MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE); |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | symbol_cache_size = new_symbol_cache_size; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | set_symbol_cache_size (symbol_cache_size); |
| 1387 | } |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /* Lookup symbol NAME,DOMAIN in BLOCK in the symbol cache of PSPACE. |
| 1390 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile, which may be NULL. |
| 1391 | The result is the symbol if found, SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED if a previous lookup |
| 1392 | failed (and thus this one will too), or NULL if the symbol is not present |
| 1393 | in the cache. |
| 1394 | If the symbol is not present in the cache, then *BSC_PTR and *SLOT_PTR are |
| 1395 | set to the cache and slot of the symbol to save the result of a full lookup |
| 1396 | attempt. */ |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | static struct block_symbol |
| 1399 | symbol_cache_lookup (struct symbol_cache *cache, |
| 1400 | struct objfile *objfile_context, int block, |
| 1401 | const char *name, domain_enum domain, |
| 1402 | struct block_symbol_cache **bsc_ptr, |
| 1403 | struct symbol_cache_slot **slot_ptr) |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; |
| 1406 | unsigned int hash; |
| 1407 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | if (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK) |
| 1410 | bsc = cache->global_symbols; |
| 1411 | else |
| 1412 | bsc = cache->static_symbols; |
| 1413 | if (bsc == NULL) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | *bsc_ptr = NULL; |
| 1416 | *slot_ptr = NULL; |
| 1417 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 1418 | } |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | hash = hash_symbol_entry (objfile_context, name, domain); |
| 1421 | slot = bsc->symbols + hash % bsc->size; |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | if (eq_symbol_entry (slot, objfile_context, name, domain)) |
| 1424 | { |
| 1425 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 1426 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 1427 | "%s block symbol cache hit%s for %s, %s\n", |
| 1428 | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", |
| 1429 | slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND |
| 1430 | ? " (not found)" : "", |
| 1431 | name, domain_name (domain)); |
| 1432 | ++bsc->hits; |
| 1433 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) |
| 1434 | return SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED; |
| 1435 | return slot->value.found; |
| 1436 | } |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | /* Symbol is not present in the cache. */ |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | *bsc_ptr = bsc; |
| 1441 | *slot_ptr = slot; |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 1444 | { |
| 1445 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 1446 | "%s block symbol cache miss for %s, %s\n", |
| 1447 | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", |
| 1448 | name, domain_name (domain)); |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | ++bsc->misses; |
| 1451 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | /* Clear out SLOT. */ |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | static void |
| 1457 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (struct symbol_cache_slot *slot) |
| 1458 | { |
| 1459 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) |
| 1460 | xfree (slot->value.not_found.name); |
| 1461 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED; |
| 1462 | } |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | /* Mark SYMBOL as found in SLOT. |
| 1465 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL |
| 1466 | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). It is *not* |
| 1467 | necessarily the objfile the symbol was found in. */ |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | static void |
| 1470 | symbol_cache_mark_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, |
| 1471 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, |
| 1472 | struct objfile *objfile_context, |
| 1473 | struct symbol *symbol, |
| 1474 | const struct block *block) |
| 1475 | { |
| 1476 | if (bsc == NULL) |
| 1477 | return; |
| 1478 | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) |
| 1479 | { |
| 1480 | ++bsc->collisions; |
| 1481 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); |
| 1482 | } |
| 1483 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND; |
| 1484 | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; |
| 1485 | slot->value.found.symbol = symbol; |
| 1486 | slot->value.found.block = block; |
| 1487 | } |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | /* Mark symbol NAME, DOMAIN as not found in SLOT. |
| 1490 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL |
| 1491 | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). */ |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | static void |
| 1494 | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, |
| 1495 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, |
| 1496 | struct objfile *objfile_context, |
| 1497 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) |
| 1498 | { |
| 1499 | if (bsc == NULL) |
| 1500 | return; |
| 1501 | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) |
| 1502 | { |
| 1503 | ++bsc->collisions; |
| 1504 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); |
| 1505 | } |
| 1506 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND; |
| 1507 | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; |
| 1508 | slot->value.not_found.name = xstrdup (name); |
| 1509 | slot->value.not_found.domain = domain; |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | /* Flush the symbol cache of PSPACE. */ |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | static void |
| 1515 | symbol_cache_flush (struct program_space *pspace) |
| 1516 | { |
| 1517 | struct symbol_cache *cache = program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key); |
| 1518 | int pass; |
| 1519 | size_t total_size; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 1522 | return; |
| 1523 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) |
| 1524 | { |
| 1525 | gdb_assert (symbol_cache_size == 0); |
| 1526 | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols == NULL); |
| 1527 | return; |
| 1528 | } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | /* If the cache is untouched since the last flush, early exit. |
| 1531 | This is important for performance during the startup of a program linked |
| 1532 | with 100s (or 1000s) of shared libraries. */ |
| 1533 | if (cache->global_symbols->misses == 0 |
| 1534 | && cache->static_symbols->misses == 0) |
| 1535 | return; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | gdb_assert (cache->global_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); |
| 1538 | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc |
| 1543 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; |
| 1544 | unsigned int i; |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) |
| 1547 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]); |
| 1548 | } |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | cache->global_symbols->hits = 0; |
| 1551 | cache->global_symbols->misses = 0; |
| 1552 | cache->global_symbols->collisions = 0; |
| 1553 | cache->static_symbols->hits = 0; |
| 1554 | cache->static_symbols->misses = 0; |
| 1555 | cache->static_symbols->collisions = 0; |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | /* Dump CACHE. */ |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | static void |
| 1561 | symbol_cache_dump (const struct symbol_cache *cache) |
| 1562 | { |
| 1563 | int pass; |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) |
| 1566 | { |
| 1567 | printf_filtered (" <disabled>\n"); |
| 1568 | return; |
| 1569 | } |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) |
| 1572 | { |
| 1573 | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc |
| 1574 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; |
| 1575 | unsigned int i; |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | if (pass == 0) |
| 1578 | printf_filtered ("Global symbols:\n"); |
| 1579 | else |
| 1580 | printf_filtered ("Static symbols:\n"); |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot = &bsc->symbols[i]; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | QUIT; |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | switch (slot->state) |
| 1589 | { |
| 1590 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED: |
| 1591 | break; |
| 1592 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND: |
| 1593 | printf_filtered (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s (not found)\n", i, |
| 1594 | host_address_to_string (slot->objfile_context), |
| 1595 | slot->value.not_found.name, |
| 1596 | domain_name (slot->value.not_found.domain)); |
| 1597 | break; |
| 1598 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND: |
| 1599 | { |
| 1600 | struct symbol *found = slot->value.found.symbol; |
| 1601 | const struct objfile *context = slot->objfile_context; |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | printf_filtered (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s\n", i, |
| 1604 | host_address_to_string (context), |
| 1605 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (found), |
| 1606 | domain_name (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (found))); |
| 1607 | break; |
| 1608 | } |
| 1609 | } |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | } |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | /* The "mt print symbol-cache" command. */ |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | static void |
| 1617 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache (char *args, int from_tty) |
| 1618 | { |
| 1619 | struct program_space *pspace; |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| 1622 | { |
| 1623 | struct symbol_cache *cache; |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | printf_filtered (_("Symbol cache for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), |
| 1626 | pspace->num, |
| 1627 | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL |
| 1628 | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) |
| 1629 | : "(no object file)"); |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */ |
| 1632 | cache = program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key); |
| 1633 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 1634 | printf_filtered (" <empty>\n"); |
| 1635 | else |
| 1636 | symbol_cache_dump (cache); |
| 1637 | } |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* The "mt flush-symbol-cache" command. */ |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | static void |
| 1643 | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache (char *args, int from_tty) |
| 1644 | { |
| 1645 | struct program_space *pspace; |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| 1648 | { |
| 1649 | symbol_cache_flush (pspace); |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | } |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | /* Print usage statistics of CACHE. */ |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | static void |
| 1656 | symbol_cache_stats (struct symbol_cache *cache) |
| 1657 | { |
| 1658 | int pass; |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) |
| 1661 | { |
| 1662 | printf_filtered (" <disabled>\n"); |
| 1663 | return; |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) |
| 1667 | { |
| 1668 | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc |
| 1669 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | QUIT; |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | if (pass == 0) |
| 1674 | printf_filtered ("Global block cache stats:\n"); |
| 1675 | else |
| 1676 | printf_filtered ("Static block cache stats:\n"); |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | printf_filtered (" size: %u\n", bsc->size); |
| 1679 | printf_filtered (" hits: %u\n", bsc->hits); |
| 1680 | printf_filtered (" misses: %u\n", bsc->misses); |
| 1681 | printf_filtered (" collisions: %u\n", bsc->collisions); |
| 1682 | } |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | /* The "mt print symbol-cache-statistics" command. */ |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | static void |
| 1688 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics (char *args, int from_tty) |
| 1689 | { |
| 1690 | struct program_space *pspace; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) |
| 1693 | { |
| 1694 | struct symbol_cache *cache; |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | printf_filtered (_("Symbol cache statistics for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), |
| 1697 | pspace->num, |
| 1698 | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL |
| 1699 | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) |
| 1700 | : "(no object file)"); |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */ |
| 1703 | cache = program_space_data (pspace, symbol_cache_key); |
| 1704 | if (cache == NULL) |
| 1705 | printf_filtered (" empty, no stats available\n"); |
| 1706 | else |
| 1707 | symbol_cache_stats (cache); |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | /* This module's 'new_objfile' observer. */ |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | static void |
| 1714 | symtab_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 1715 | { |
| 1716 | /* Ideally we'd use OBJFILE->pspace, but OBJFILE may be NULL. */ |
| 1717 | symbol_cache_flush (current_program_space); |
| 1718 | } |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | /* This module's 'free_objfile' observer. */ |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | static void |
| 1723 | symtab_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 1724 | { |
| 1725 | symbol_cache_flush (objfile->pspace); |
| 1726 | } |
| 1727 | \f |
| 1728 | /* Debug symbols usually don't have section information. We need to dig that |
| 1729 | out of the minimal symbols and stash that in the debug symbol. */ |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | void |
| 1732 | fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *ginfo, |
| 1733 | CORE_ADDR addr, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 1734 | { |
| 1735 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | /* First, check whether a minimal symbol with the same name exists |
| 1738 | and points to the same address. The address check is required |
| 1739 | e.g. on PowerPC64, where the minimal symbol for a function will |
| 1740 | point to the function descriptor, while the debug symbol will |
| 1741 | point to the actual function code. */ |
| 1742 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_name (addr, ginfo->name, objfile); |
| 1743 | if (msym) |
| 1744 | ginfo->section = MSYMBOL_SECTION (msym); |
| 1745 | else |
| 1746 | { |
| 1747 | /* Static, function-local variables do appear in the linker |
| 1748 | (minimal) symbols, but are frequently given names that won't |
| 1749 | be found via lookup_minimal_symbol(). E.g., it has been |
| 1750 | observed in frv-uclinux (ELF) executables that a static, |
| 1751 | function-local variable named "foo" might appear in the |
| 1752 | linker symbols as "foo.6" or "foo.3". Thus, there is no |
| 1753 | point in attempting to extend the lookup-by-name mechanism to |
| 1754 | handle this case due to the fact that there can be multiple |
| 1755 | names. |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | So, instead, search the section table when lookup by name has |
| 1758 | failed. The ``addr'' and ``endaddr'' fields may have already |
| 1759 | been relocated. If so, the relocation offset (i.e. the |
| 1760 | ANOFFSET value) needs to be subtracted from these values when |
| 1761 | performing the comparison. We unconditionally subtract it, |
| 1762 | because, when no relocation has been performed, the ANOFFSET |
| 1763 | value will simply be zero. |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | The address of the symbol whose section we're fixing up HAS |
| 1766 | NOT BEEN adjusted (relocated) yet. It can't have been since |
| 1767 | the section isn't yet known and knowing the section is |
| 1768 | necessary in order to add the correct relocation value. In |
| 1769 | other words, we wouldn't even be in this function (attempting |
| 1770 | to compute the section) if it were already known. |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | Note that it is possible to search the minimal symbols |
| 1773 | (subtracting the relocation value if necessary) to find the |
| 1774 | matching minimal symbol, but this is overkill and much less |
| 1775 | efficient. It is not necessary to find the matching minimal |
| 1776 | symbol, only its section. |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | Note that this technique (of doing a section table search) |
| 1779 | can fail when unrelocated section addresses overlap. For |
| 1780 | this reason, we still attempt a lookup by name prior to doing |
| 1781 | a search of the section table. */ |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | struct obj_section *s; |
| 1784 | int fallback = -1; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | ALL_OBJFILE_OSECTIONS (objfile, s) |
| 1787 | { |
| 1788 | int idx = s - objfile->sections; |
| 1789 | CORE_ADDR offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, idx); |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | if (fallback == -1) |
| 1792 | fallback = idx; |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | if (obj_section_addr (s) - offset <= addr |
| 1795 | && addr < obj_section_endaddr (s) - offset) |
| 1796 | { |
| 1797 | ginfo->section = idx; |
| 1798 | return; |
| 1799 | } |
| 1800 | } |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | /* If we didn't find the section, assume it is in the first |
| 1803 | section. If there is no allocated section, then it hardly |
| 1804 | matters what we pick, so just pick zero. */ |
| 1805 | if (fallback == -1) |
| 1806 | ginfo->section = 0; |
| 1807 | else |
| 1808 | ginfo->section = fallback; |
| 1809 | } |
| 1810 | } |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | struct symbol * |
| 1813 | fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 1814 | { |
| 1815 | CORE_ADDR addr; |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | if (!sym) |
| 1818 | return NULL; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | if (!SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym)) |
| 1821 | return sym; |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | /* We either have an OBJFILE, or we can get at it from the sym's |
| 1824 | symtab. Anything else is a bug. */ |
| 1825 | gdb_assert (objfile || symbol_symtab (sym)); |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | if (objfile == NULL) |
| 1828 | objfile = symbol_objfile (sym); |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | if (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, sym)) |
| 1831 | return sym; |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | /* We should have an objfile by now. */ |
| 1834 | gdb_assert (objfile); |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 1837 | { |
| 1838 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 1839 | case LOC_LABEL: |
| 1840 | addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym); |
| 1841 | break; |
| 1842 | case LOC_BLOCK: |
| 1843 | addr = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); |
| 1844 | break; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | default: |
| 1847 | /* Nothing else will be listed in the minsyms -- no use looking |
| 1848 | it up. */ |
| 1849 | return sym; |
| 1850 | } |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | fixup_section (&sym->ginfo, addr, objfile); |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | return sym; |
| 1855 | } |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | /* Compute the demangled form of NAME as used by the various symbol |
| 1858 | lookup functions. The result is stored in *RESULT_NAME. Returns a |
| 1859 | cleanup which can be used to clean up the result. |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | For Ada, this function just sets *RESULT_NAME to NAME, unmodified. |
| 1862 | Normally, Ada symbol lookups are performed using the encoded name |
| 1863 | rather than the demangled name, and so it might seem to make sense |
| 1864 | for this function to return an encoded version of NAME. |
| 1865 | Unfortunately, we cannot do this, because this function is used in |
| 1866 | circumstances where it is not appropriate to try to encode NAME. |
| 1867 | For instance, when displaying the frame info, we demangle the name |
| 1868 | of each parameter, and then perform a symbol lookup inside our |
| 1869 | function using that demangled name. In Ada, certain functions |
| 1870 | have internally-generated parameters whose name contain uppercase |
| 1871 | characters. Encoding those name would result in those uppercase |
| 1872 | characters to become lowercase, and thus cause the symbol lookup |
| 1873 | to fail. */ |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | struct cleanup * |
| 1876 | demangle_for_lookup (const char *name, enum language lang, |
| 1877 | const char **result_name) |
| 1878 | { |
| 1879 | char *demangled_name = NULL; |
| 1880 | const char *modified_name = NULL; |
| 1881 | struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | modified_name = name; |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | /* If we are using C++, D, Go, or Java, demangle the name before doing a |
| 1886 | lookup, so we can always binary search. */ |
| 1887 | if (lang == language_cplus) |
| 1888 | { |
| 1889 | demangled_name = gdb_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); |
| 1890 | if (demangled_name) |
| 1891 | { |
| 1892 | modified_name = demangled_name; |
| 1893 | make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name); |
| 1894 | } |
| 1895 | else |
| 1896 | { |
| 1897 | /* If we were given a non-mangled name, canonicalize it |
| 1898 | according to the language (so far only for C++). */ |
| 1899 | demangled_name = cp_canonicalize_string (name); |
| 1900 | if (demangled_name) |
| 1901 | { |
| 1902 | modified_name = demangled_name; |
| 1903 | make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name); |
| 1904 | } |
| 1905 | } |
| 1906 | } |
| 1907 | else if (lang == language_java) |
| 1908 | { |
| 1909 | demangled_name = gdb_demangle (name, |
| 1910 | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_JAVA); |
| 1911 | if (demangled_name) |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | modified_name = demangled_name; |
| 1914 | make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name); |
| 1915 | } |
| 1916 | } |
| 1917 | else if (lang == language_d) |
| 1918 | { |
| 1919 | demangled_name = d_demangle (name, 0); |
| 1920 | if (demangled_name) |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | modified_name = demangled_name; |
| 1923 | make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name); |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | } |
| 1926 | else if (lang == language_go) |
| 1927 | { |
| 1928 | demangled_name = go_demangle (name, 0); |
| 1929 | if (demangled_name) |
| 1930 | { |
| 1931 | modified_name = demangled_name; |
| 1932 | make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name); |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | } |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 | *result_name = modified_name; |
| 1937 | return cleanup; |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | /* See symtab.h. |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | This function (or rather its subordinates) have a bunch of loops and |
| 1943 | it would seem to be attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really |
| 1944 | sure whether it can run long enough to be really important). But there |
| 1945 | are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit |
| 1946 | out of here: e.g., find_proc_desc in alpha-mdebug-tdep.c. (Note |
| 1947 | that there is C++ code below which can error(), but that probably |
| 1948 | doesn't affect these calls since they are looking for a known |
| 1949 | variable and thus can probably assume it will never hit the C++ |
| 1950 | code). */ |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | struct block_symbol |
| 1953 | lookup_symbol_in_language (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 1954 | const domain_enum domain, enum language lang, |
| 1955 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) |
| 1956 | { |
| 1957 | const char *modified_name; |
| 1958 | struct block_symbol returnval; |
| 1959 | struct cleanup *cleanup = demangle_for_lookup (name, lang, &modified_name); |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | returnval = lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name, block, domain, lang, |
| 1962 | is_a_field_of_this); |
| 1963 | do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | return returnval; |
| 1966 | } |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | struct block_symbol |
| 1971 | lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 1972 | domain_enum domain, |
| 1973 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) |
| 1974 | { |
| 1975 | return lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, |
| 1976 | current_language->la_language, |
| 1977 | is_a_field_of_this); |
| 1978 | } |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | struct block_symbol |
| 1983 | lookup_language_this (const struct language_defn *lang, |
| 1984 | const struct block *block) |
| 1985 | { |
| 1986 | if (lang->la_name_of_this == NULL || block == NULL) |
| 1987 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 1994 | "lookup_language_this (%s, %s (objfile %s))", |
| 1995 | lang->la_name, host_address_to_string (block), |
| 1996 | objfile_debug_name (objfile)); |
| 1997 | } |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | while (block) |
| 2000 | { |
| 2001 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, lang->la_name_of_this, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 2004 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 2005 | { |
| 2006 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (%s, block %s)\n", |
| 2009 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym), |
| 2010 | host_address_to_string (sym), |
| 2011 | host_address_to_string (block)); |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block)) |
| 2016 | break; |
| 2017 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 2018 | } |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2021 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); |
| 2022 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2023 | } |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | /* Given TYPE, a structure/union, |
| 2026 | return 1 if the component named NAME from the ultimate target |
| 2027 | structure/union is defined, otherwise, return 0. */ |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | static int |
| 2030 | check_field (struct type *type, const char *name, |
| 2031 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) |
| 2032 | { |
| 2033 | int i; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | /* The type may be a stub. */ |
| 2036 | type = check_typedef (type); |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i--) |
| 2039 | { |
| 2040 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | if (t_field_name && (strcmp_iw (t_field_name, name) == 0)) |
| 2043 | { |
| 2044 | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; |
| 2045 | is_a_field_of_this->field = &TYPE_FIELD (type, i); |
| 2046 | return 1; |
| 2047 | } |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | /* C++: If it was not found as a data field, then try to return it |
| 2051 | as a pointer to a method. */ |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | for (i = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 2054 | { |
| 2055 | if (strcmp_iw (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, i), name) == 0) |
| 2056 | { |
| 2057 | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; |
| 2058 | is_a_field_of_this->fn_field = &TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, i); |
| 2059 | return 1; |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 2064 | if (check_field (TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i), name, is_a_field_of_this)) |
| 2065 | return 1; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | return 0; |
| 2068 | } |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | /* Behave like lookup_symbol except that NAME is the natural name |
| 2071 | (e.g., demangled name) of the symbol that we're looking for. */ |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2074 | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 2075 | const domain_enum domain, enum language language, |
| 2076 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) |
| 2077 | { |
| 2078 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2079 | const struct language_defn *langdef; |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2082 | { |
| 2083 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2086 | "lookup_symbol_aux (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s, %s)\n", |
| 2087 | name, host_address_to_string (block), |
| 2088 | objfile != NULL |
| 2089 | ? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL", |
| 2090 | domain_name (domain), language_str (language)); |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | /* Make sure we do something sensible with is_a_field_of_this, since |
| 2094 | the callers that set this parameter to some non-null value will |
| 2095 | certainly use it later. If we don't set it, the contents of |
| 2096 | is_a_field_of_this are undefined. */ |
| 2097 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL) |
| 2098 | memset (is_a_field_of_this, 0, sizeof (*is_a_field_of_this)); |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | /* Search specified block and its superiors. Don't search |
| 2101 | STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */ |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | result = lookup_local_symbol (name, block, domain, language); |
| 2104 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2107 | { |
| 2108 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", |
| 2109 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); |
| 2110 | } |
| 2111 | return result; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /* If requested to do so by the caller and if appropriate for LANGUAGE, |
| 2115 | check to see if NAME is a field of `this'. */ |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | langdef = language_def (language); |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | /* Don't do this check if we are searching for a struct. It will |
| 2120 | not be found by check_field, but will be found by other |
| 2121 | means. */ |
| 2122 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL && domain != STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 2123 | { |
| 2124 | result = lookup_language_this (langdef, block); |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | if (result.symbol) |
| 2127 | { |
| 2128 | struct type *t = result.symbol->type; |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | /* I'm not really sure that type of this can ever |
| 2131 | be typedefed; just be safe. */ |
| 2132 | t = check_typedef (t); |
| 2133 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 2134 | || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 2135 | t = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 2138 | && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 2139 | error (_("Internal error: `%s' is not an aggregate"), |
| 2140 | langdef->la_name_of_this); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | if (check_field (t, name, is_a_field_of_this)) |
| 2143 | { |
| 2144 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2145 | { |
| 2146 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2147 | "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = NULL\n"); |
| 2148 | } |
| 2149 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | /* Now do whatever is appropriate for LANGUAGE to look |
| 2155 | up static and global variables. */ |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | result = langdef->la_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (langdef, name, block, domain); |
| 2158 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2161 | { |
| 2162 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", |
| 2163 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | return result; |
| 2166 | } |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | /* Now search all static file-level symbols. Not strictly correct, |
| 2169 | but more useful than an error. */ |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | result = lookup_static_symbol (name, domain); |
| 2172 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2173 | { |
| 2174 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", |
| 2175 | result.symbol != NULL |
| 2176 | ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) |
| 2177 | : "NULL"); |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | return result; |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in BLOCK or its superiors. |
| 2183 | Don't search STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */ |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2186 | lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 2187 | const domain_enum domain, |
| 2188 | enum language language) |
| 2189 | { |
| 2190 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2191 | const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block); |
| 2192 | const char *scope = block_scope (block); |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /* Check if either no block is specified or it's a global block. */ |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | if (static_block == NULL) |
| 2197 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | while (block != static_block) |
| 2200 | { |
| 2201 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, block, domain); |
| 2202 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 2203 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | if (language == language_cplus || language == language_fortran) |
| 2206 | { |
| 2207 | struct block_symbol sym |
| 2208 | = cp_lookup_symbol_imports_or_template (scope, name, block, |
| 2209 | domain); |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | if (sym.symbol != NULL) |
| 2212 | return sym; |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) != NULL && block_inlined_p (block)) |
| 2216 | break; |
| 2217 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 2218 | } |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | /* We've reached the end of the function without finding a result. */ |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | struct objfile * |
| 2228 | lookup_objfile_from_block (const struct block *block) |
| 2229 | { |
| 2230 | struct objfile *obj; |
| 2231 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | if (block == NULL) |
| 2234 | return NULL; |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | block = block_global_block (block); |
| 2237 | /* Look through all blockvectors. */ |
| 2238 | ALL_COMPUNITS (obj, cust) |
| 2239 | if (block == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust), |
| 2240 | GLOBAL_BLOCK)) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink) |
| 2243 | obj = obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | return obj; |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | return NULL; |
| 2249 | } |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | struct symbol * |
| 2254 | lookup_symbol_in_block (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 2255 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 2256 | { |
| 2257 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2264 | "lookup_symbol_in_block (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s)", |
| 2265 | name, host_address_to_string (block), |
| 2266 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), |
| 2267 | domain_name (domain)); |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, name, domain); |
| 2271 | if (sym) |
| 2272 | { |
| 2273 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2274 | { |
| 2275 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s\n", |
| 2276 | host_address_to_string (sym)); |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | return fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); |
| 2279 | } |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2282 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); |
| 2283 | return NULL; |
| 2284 | } |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | struct block_symbol |
| 2289 | lookup_global_symbol_from_objfile (struct objfile *main_objfile, |
| 2290 | const char *name, |
| 2291 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 2292 | { |
| 2293 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | for (objfile = main_objfile; |
| 2296 | objfile; |
| 2297 | objfile = objfile_separate_debug_iterate (main_objfile, objfile)) |
| 2298 | { |
| 2299 | struct block_symbol result |
| 2300 | = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name, domain); |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2303 | return result; |
| 2304 | } |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2307 | } |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in one of the OBJFILE's |
| 2310 | symtabs. BLOCK_INDEX should be either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK, |
| 2311 | depending on whether or not we want to search global symbols or |
| 2312 | static symbols. */ |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2315 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 2316 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain) |
| 2317 | { |
| 2318 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2323 | { |
| 2324 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2325 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (%s, %s, %s, %s)", |
| 2326 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), |
| 2327 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK |
| 2328 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", |
| 2329 | name, domain_name (domain)); |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | ALL_OBJFILE_COMPUNITS (objfile, cust) |
| 2333 | { |
| 2334 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2335 | const struct block *block; |
| 2336 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 2339 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); |
| 2340 | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol_primary (block, name, domain); |
| 2341 | result.block = block; |
| 2342 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2343 | { |
| 2344 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2345 | { |
| 2346 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (block %s)\n", |
| 2347 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol), |
| 2348 | host_address_to_string (block)); |
| 2349 | } |
| 2350 | result.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (result.symbol, objfile); |
| 2351 | return result; |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | } |
| 2354 | } |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2357 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); |
| 2358 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | /* Wrapper around lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs for search_symbols. |
| 2362 | Look up LINKAGE_NAME in DOMAIN in the global and static blocks of OBJFILE |
| 2363 | and all associated separate debug objfiles. |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | Normally we only look in OBJFILE, and not any separate debug objfiles |
| 2366 | because the outer loop will cause them to be searched too. This case is |
| 2367 | different. Here we're called from search_symbols where it will only |
| 2368 | call us for the the objfile that contains a matching minsym. */ |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2371 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name (struct objfile *objfile, |
| 2372 | const char *linkage_name, |
| 2373 | domain_enum domain) |
| 2374 | { |
| 2375 | enum language lang = current_language->la_language; |
| 2376 | const char *modified_name; |
| 2377 | struct cleanup *cleanup = demangle_for_lookup (linkage_name, lang, |
| 2378 | &modified_name); |
| 2379 | struct objfile *main_objfile, *cur_objfile; |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink) |
| 2382 | main_objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; |
| 2383 | else |
| 2384 | main_objfile = objfile; |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | for (cur_objfile = main_objfile; |
| 2387 | cur_objfile; |
| 2388 | cur_objfile = objfile_separate_debug_iterate (main_objfile, cur_objfile)) |
| 2389 | { |
| 2390 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, |
| 2393 | modified_name, domain); |
| 2394 | if (result.symbol == NULL) |
| 2395 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, |
| 2396 | modified_name, domain); |
| 2397 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2398 | { |
| 2399 | do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| 2400 | return result; |
| 2401 | } |
| 2402 | } |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | do_cleanups (cleanup); |
| 2405 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | /* A helper function that throws an exception when a symbol was found |
| 2409 | in a psymtab but not in a symtab. */ |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN |
| 2412 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (int block_index, const char *name, |
| 2413 | struct compunit_symtab *cust) |
| 2414 | { |
| 2415 | error (_("\ |
| 2416 | Internal: %s symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\ |
| 2417 | %s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n \ |
| 2418 | (if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."), |
| 2419 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "global" : "static", |
| 2420 | name, |
| 2421 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (compunit_primary_filetab (cust)), |
| 2422 | name, name); |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /* A helper function for various lookup routines that interfaces with |
| 2426 | the "quick" symbol table functions. */ |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2429 | lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 2430 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain) |
| 2431 | { |
| 2432 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2433 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2434 | const struct block *block; |
| 2435 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | if (!objfile->sf) |
| 2438 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2441 | { |
| 2442 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2443 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n", |
| 2444 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), |
| 2445 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK |
| 2446 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", |
| 2447 | name, domain_name (domain)); |
| 2448 | } |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, block_index, name, domain); |
| 2451 | if (cust == NULL) |
| 2452 | { |
| 2453 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2454 | { |
| 2455 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2456 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = NULL\n"); |
| 2457 | } |
| 2458 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2459 | } |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 2462 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); |
| 2463 | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol (block, name, domain); |
| 2464 | if (result.symbol == NULL) |
| 2465 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust); |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) |
| 2468 | { |
| 2469 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2470 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = %s (block %s)\n", |
| 2471 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol), |
| 2472 | host_address_to_string (block)); |
| 2473 | } |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | result.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (result.symbol, objfile); |
| 2476 | result.block = block; |
| 2477 | return result; |
| 2478 | } |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | struct block_symbol |
| 2483 | basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const struct language_defn *langdef, |
| 2484 | const char *name, |
| 2485 | const struct block *block, |
| 2486 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | /* NOTE: carlton/2003-05-19: The comments below were written when |
| 2491 | this (or what turned into this) was part of lookup_symbol_aux; |
| 2492 | I'm much less worried about these questions now, since these |
| 2493 | decisions have turned out well, but I leave these comments here |
| 2494 | for posterity. */ |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | /* NOTE: carlton/2002-12-05: There is a question as to whether or |
| 2497 | not it would be appropriate to search the current global block |
| 2498 | here as well. (That's what this code used to do before the |
| 2499 | is_a_field_of_this check was moved up.) On the one hand, it's |
| 2500 | redundant with the lookup in all objfiles search that happens |
| 2501 | next. On the other hand, if decode_line_1 is passed an argument |
| 2502 | like filename:var, then the user presumably wants 'var' to be |
| 2503 | searched for in filename. On the third hand, there shouldn't be |
| 2504 | multiple global variables all of which are named 'var', and it's |
| 2505 | not like decode_line_1 has ever restricted its search to only |
| 2506 | global variables in a single filename. All in all, only |
| 2507 | searching the static block here seems best: it's correct and it's |
| 2508 | cleanest. */ |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | /* NOTE: carlton/2002-12-05: There's also a possible performance |
| 2511 | issue here: if you usually search for global symbols in the |
| 2512 | current file, then it would be slightly better to search the |
| 2513 | current global block before searching all the symtabs. But there |
| 2514 | are other factors that have a much greater effect on performance |
| 2515 | than that one, so I don't think we should worry about that for |
| 2516 | now. */ |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | /* NOTE: dje/2014-10-26: The lookup in all objfiles search could skip |
| 2519 | the current objfile. Searching the current objfile first is useful |
| 2520 | for both matching user expectations as well as performance. */ |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | result = lookup_symbol_in_static_block (name, block, domain); |
| 2523 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2524 | return result; |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | /* If we didn't find a definition for a builtin type in the static block, |
| 2527 | search for it now. This is actually the right thing to do and can be |
| 2528 | a massive performance win. E.g., when debugging a program with lots of |
| 2529 | shared libraries we could search all of them only to find out the |
| 2530 | builtin type isn't defined in any of them. This is common for types |
| 2531 | like "void". */ |
| 2532 | if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 2533 | { |
| 2534 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | if (block == NULL) |
| 2537 | gdbarch = target_gdbarch (); |
| 2538 | else |
| 2539 | gdbarch = block_gdbarch (block); |
| 2540 | result.symbol = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (langdef, |
| 2541 | gdbarch, name); |
| 2542 | result.block = NULL; |
| 2543 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2544 | return result; |
| 2545 | } |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | return lookup_global_symbol (name, block, domain); |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | struct block_symbol |
| 2553 | lookup_symbol_in_static_block (const char *name, |
| 2554 | const struct block *block, |
| 2555 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 2556 | { |
| 2557 | const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block); |
| 2558 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | if (static_block == NULL) |
| 2561 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2564 | { |
| 2565 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (static_block); |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2568 | "lookup_symbol_in_static_block (%s, %s (objfile %s)," |
| 2569 | " %s)\n", |
| 2570 | name, |
| 2571 | host_address_to_string (block), |
| 2572 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), |
| 2573 | domain_name (domain)); |
| 2574 | } |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, static_block, domain); |
| 2577 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2578 | { |
| 2579 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2580 | "lookup_symbol_in_static_block (...) = %s\n", |
| 2581 | sym != NULL ? host_address_to_string (sym) : "NULL"); |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, static_block}; |
| 2584 | } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /* Perform the standard symbol lookup of NAME in OBJFILE: |
| 2587 | 1) First search expanded symtabs, and if not found |
| 2588 | 2) Search the "quick" symtabs (partial or .gdb_index). |
| 2589 | BLOCK_INDEX is one of GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */ |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | static struct block_symbol |
| 2592 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 2593 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain) |
| 2594 | { |
| 2595 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2598 | { |
| 2599 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2600 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n", |
| 2601 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), |
| 2602 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK |
| 2603 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", |
| 2604 | name, domain_name (domain)); |
| 2605 | } |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (objfile, block_index, |
| 2608 | name, domain); |
| 2609 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2610 | { |
| 2611 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2612 | { |
| 2613 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2614 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s" |
| 2615 | " (in symtabs)\n", |
| 2616 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); |
| 2617 | } |
| 2618 | return result; |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | result = lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (objfile, block_index, |
| 2622 | name, domain); |
| 2623 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) |
| 2624 | { |
| 2625 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, |
| 2626 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s%s\n", |
| 2627 | result.symbol != NULL |
| 2628 | ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) |
| 2629 | : "NULL", |
| 2630 | result.symbol != NULL ? " (via quick fns)" : ""); |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | return result; |
| 2633 | } |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | struct block_symbol |
| 2638 | lookup_static_symbol (const char *name, const domain_enum domain) |
| 2639 | { |
| 2640 | struct symbol_cache *cache = get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); |
| 2641 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 2642 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2643 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; |
| 2644 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | /* Lookup in STATIC_BLOCK is not current-objfile-dependent, so just pass |
| 2647 | NULL for OBJFILE_CONTEXT. */ |
| 2648 | result = symbol_cache_lookup (cache, NULL, STATIC_BLOCK, name, domain, |
| 2649 | &bsc, &slot); |
| 2650 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2651 | { |
| 2652 | if (SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P (result)) |
| 2653 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2654 | return result; |
| 2655 | } |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 2658 | { |
| 2659 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name, domain); |
| 2660 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | /* Still pass NULL for OBJFILE_CONTEXT here. */ |
| 2663 | symbol_cache_mark_found (bsc, slot, NULL, result.symbol, |
| 2664 | result.block); |
| 2665 | return result; |
| 2666 | } |
| 2667 | } |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | /* Still pass NULL for OBJFILE_CONTEXT here. */ |
| 2670 | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (bsc, slot, NULL, name, domain); |
| 2671 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2672 | } |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | /* Private data to be used with lookup_symbol_global_iterator_cb. */ |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | struct global_sym_lookup_data |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | /* The name of the symbol we are searching for. */ |
| 2679 | const char *name; |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | /* The domain to use for our search. */ |
| 2682 | domain_enum domain; |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | /* The field where the callback should store the symbol if found. |
| 2685 | It should be initialized to {NULL, NULL} before the search is started. */ |
| 2686 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2687 | }; |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | /* A callback function for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order. |
| 2690 | It searches by name for a symbol in the GLOBAL_BLOCK of the given |
| 2691 | OBJFILE. The arguments for the search are passed via CB_DATA, |
| 2692 | which in reality is a pointer to struct global_sym_lookup_data. */ |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | static int |
| 2695 | lookup_symbol_global_iterator_cb (struct objfile *objfile, |
| 2696 | void *cb_data) |
| 2697 | { |
| 2698 | struct global_sym_lookup_data *data = |
| 2699 | (struct global_sym_lookup_data *) cb_data; |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | gdb_assert (data->result.symbol == NULL |
| 2702 | && data->result.block == NULL); |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | data->result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, |
| 2705 | data->name, data->domain); |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | /* If we found a match, tell the iterator to stop. Otherwise, |
| 2708 | keep going. */ |
| 2709 | return (data->result.symbol != NULL); |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | struct block_symbol |
| 2715 | lookup_global_symbol (const char *name, |
| 2716 | const struct block *block, |
| 2717 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 2718 | { |
| 2719 | struct symbol_cache *cache = get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); |
| 2720 | struct block_symbol result; |
| 2721 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 2722 | struct global_sym_lookup_data lookup_data; |
| 2723 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; |
| 2724 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | /* First see if we can find the symbol in the cache. |
| 2729 | This works because we use the current objfile to qualify the lookup. */ |
| 2730 | result = symbol_cache_lookup (cache, objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name, domain, |
| 2731 | &bsc, &slot); |
| 2732 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | if (SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P (result)) |
| 2735 | return (struct block_symbol) {NULL, NULL}; |
| 2736 | return result; |
| 2737 | } |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | /* Call library-specific lookup procedure. */ |
| 2740 | if (objfile != NULL) |
| 2741 | result = solib_global_lookup (objfile, name, domain); |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | /* If that didn't work go a global search (of global blocks, heh). */ |
| 2744 | if (result.symbol == NULL) |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | memset (&lookup_data, 0, sizeof (lookup_data)); |
| 2747 | lookup_data.name = name; |
| 2748 | lookup_data.domain = domain; |
| 2749 | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order |
| 2750 | (objfile != NULL ? get_objfile_arch (objfile) : target_gdbarch (), |
| 2751 | lookup_symbol_global_iterator_cb, &lookup_data, objfile); |
| 2752 | result = lookup_data.result; |
| 2753 | } |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | if (result.symbol != NULL) |
| 2756 | symbol_cache_mark_found (bsc, slot, objfile, result.symbol, result.block); |
| 2757 | else |
| 2758 | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (bsc, slot, objfile, name, domain); |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | return result; |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | int |
| 2764 | symbol_matches_domain (enum language symbol_language, |
| 2765 | domain_enum symbol_domain, |
| 2766 | domain_enum domain) |
| 2767 | { |
| 2768 | /* For C++ "struct foo { ... }" also defines a typedef for "foo". |
| 2769 | A Java class declaration also defines a typedef for the class. |
| 2770 | Similarly, any Ada type declaration implicitly defines a typedef. */ |
| 2771 | if (symbol_language == language_cplus |
| 2772 | || symbol_language == language_d |
| 2773 | || symbol_language == language_java |
| 2774 | || symbol_language == language_ada) |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | if ((domain == VAR_DOMAIN || domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 2777 | && symbol_domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 2778 | return 1; |
| 2779 | } |
| 2780 | /* For all other languages, strict match is required. */ |
| 2781 | return (symbol_domain == domain); |
| 2782 | } |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | struct type * |
| 2787 | lookup_transparent_type (const char *name) |
| 2788 | { |
| 2789 | return current_language->la_lookup_transparent_type (name); |
| 2790 | } |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | /* A helper for basic_lookup_transparent_type that interfaces with the |
| 2793 | "quick" symbol table functions. */ |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | static struct type * |
| 2796 | basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 2797 | const char *name) |
| 2798 | { |
| 2799 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2800 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2801 | struct block *block; |
| 2802 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | if (!objfile->sf) |
| 2805 | return NULL; |
| 2806 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, block_index, name, |
| 2807 | STRUCT_DOMAIN); |
| 2808 | if (cust == NULL) |
| 2809 | return NULL; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 2812 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); |
| 2813 | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN, |
| 2814 | block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL); |
| 2815 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 2816 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust); |
| 2817 | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))); |
| 2818 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 2819 | } |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | /* Subroutine of basic_lookup_transparent_type to simplify it. |
| 2822 | Look up the non-opaque definition of NAME in BLOCK_INDEX of OBJFILE. |
| 2823 | BLOCK_INDEX is either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */ |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | static struct type * |
| 2826 | basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (struct objfile *objfile, int block_index, |
| 2827 | const char *name) |
| 2828 | { |
| 2829 | const struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2830 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2831 | const struct block *block; |
| 2832 | const struct symbol *sym; |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | ALL_OBJFILE_COMPUNITS (objfile, cust) |
| 2835 | { |
| 2836 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 2837 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); |
| 2838 | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN, |
| 2839 | block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL); |
| 2840 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 2841 | { |
| 2842 | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))); |
| 2843 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | } |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | return NULL; |
| 2848 | } |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | /* The standard implementation of lookup_transparent_type. This code |
| 2851 | was modeled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking |
| 2852 | up types were just left out. In particular it's assumed here that |
| 2853 | types are available in STRUCT_DOMAIN and only in file-static or |
| 2854 | global blocks. */ |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | struct type * |
| 2857 | basic_lookup_transparent_type (const char *name) |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2860 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2861 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2862 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 2863 | struct block *block; |
| 2864 | struct type *t; |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | /* Now search all the global symbols. Do the symtab's first, then |
| 2867 | check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence |
| 2868 | of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab |
| 2869 | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */ |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name); |
| 2874 | if (t) |
| 2875 | return t; |
| 2876 | } |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name); |
| 2881 | if (t) |
| 2882 | return t; |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | /* Now search the static file-level symbols. |
| 2886 | Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error. |
| 2887 | Do the symtab's first, then |
| 2888 | check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence |
| 2889 | of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab |
| 2890 | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */ |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 2893 | { |
| 2894 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name); |
| 2895 | if (t) |
| 2896 | return t; |
| 2897 | } |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 2900 | { |
| 2901 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name); |
| 2902 | if (t) |
| 2903 | return t; |
| 2904 | } |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | return (struct type *) 0; |
| 2907 | } |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | /* Iterate over the symbols named NAME, matching DOMAIN, in BLOCK. |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | For each symbol that matches, CALLBACK is called. The symbol and |
| 2912 | DATA are passed to the callback. |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | If CALLBACK returns zero, the iteration ends. Otherwise, the |
| 2915 | search continues. */ |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | void |
| 2918 | iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block, const char *name, |
| 2919 | const domain_enum domain, |
| 2920 | symbol_found_callback_ftype *callback, |
| 2921 | void *data) |
| 2922 | { |
| 2923 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 2924 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS_WITH_NAME (block, name, iter, sym) |
| 2927 | { |
| 2928 | if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym), |
| 2929 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | if (!callback (sym, data)) |
| 2932 | return; |
| 2933 | } |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC and SECTION. |
| 2938 | This will read in debug info as necessary. */ |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | struct compunit_symtab * |
| 2941 | find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 2944 | struct compunit_symtab *best_cust = NULL; |
| 2945 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 2946 | CORE_ADDR distance = 0; |
| 2947 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is |
| 2950 | necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code |
| 2951 | addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because |
| 2952 | we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based |
| 2953 | on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow. */ |
| 2954 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section); |
| 2955 | if (msymbol.minsym |
| 2956 | && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_data |
| 2957 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_bss |
| 2958 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_abs |
| 2959 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_file_data |
| 2960 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_file_bss)) |
| 2961 | return NULL; |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | /* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which |
| 2964 | is the smallest of all the ones containing the address. This is designed |
| 2965 | to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000 |
| 2966 | and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000. So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from |
| 2967 | 0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b. |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files |
| 2970 | gets its own symtab. The symtab for the included file should have |
| 2971 | been read in already via the dependency mechanism. |
| 2972 | It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name |
| 2973 | like xcoff does (I'm not sure). |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered. |
| 2976 | For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in. */ |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | ALL_COMPUNITS (objfile, cust) |
| 2979 | { |
| 2980 | struct block *b; |
| 2981 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 2984 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | if (BLOCK_START (b) <= pc |
| 2987 | && BLOCK_END (b) > pc |
| 2988 | && (distance == 0 |
| 2989 | || BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b) < distance)) |
| 2990 | { |
| 2991 | /* For an objfile that has its functions reordered, |
| 2992 | find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table |
| 2993 | and we simply return its corresponding symtab. */ |
| 2994 | /* In order to better support objfiles that contain both |
| 2995 | stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab |
| 2996 | can't be found. */ |
| 2997 | if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) && objfile->sf) |
| 2998 | { |
| 2999 | struct compunit_symtab *result; |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | result |
| 3002 | = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (objfile, |
| 3003 | msymbol, |
| 3004 | pc, section, |
| 3005 | 0); |
| 3006 | if (result != NULL) |
| 3007 | return result; |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | if (section != 0) |
| 3010 | { |
| 3011 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 3012 | struct symbol *sym = NULL; |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 3015 | { |
| 3016 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile); |
| 3017 | if (matching_obj_sections (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, sym), |
| 3018 | section)) |
| 3019 | break; |
| 3020 | } |
| 3021 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 3022 | continue; /* No symbol in this symtab matches |
| 3023 | section. */ |
| 3024 | } |
| 3025 | distance = BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b); |
| 3026 | best_cust = cust; |
| 3027 | } |
| 3028 | } |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | if (best_cust != NULL) |
| 3031 | return best_cust; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | /* Not found in symtabs, search the "quick" symtabs (e.g. psymtabs). */ |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | struct compunit_symtab *result; |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | if (!objfile->sf) |
| 3040 | continue; |
| 3041 | result = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (objfile, |
| 3042 | msymbol, |
| 3043 | pc, section, |
| 3044 | 1); |
| 3045 | if (result != NULL) |
| 3046 | return result; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | return NULL; |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC. |
| 3053 | This will read in debug info as necessary. |
| 3054 | Backward compatibility, no section. */ |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | struct compunit_symtab * |
| 3057 | find_pc_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) |
| 3058 | { |
| 3059 | return find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc)); |
| 3060 | } |
| 3061 | \f |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | /* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION. |
| 3064 | Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number, |
| 3065 | and a pc range for the entire source line. |
| 3066 | The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc. |
| 3067 | NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary, |
| 3068 | use the line that ends there. Otherwise, in that case, the line |
| 3069 | that begins there is used. */ |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | /* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just |
| 3072 | before the start of another file. This usually occurs when you #include |
| 3073 | code in the middle of a subroutine. To properly find the end of a line's PC |
| 3074 | range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and |
| 3075 | find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this |
| 3076 | symtab. */ |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | /* If it's worth the effort, we could be using a binary search. */ |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | struct symtab_and_line |
| 3081 | find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section, int notcurrent) |
| 3082 | { |
| 3083 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 3084 | struct symtab *iter_s; |
| 3085 | struct linetable *l; |
| 3086 | int len; |
| 3087 | int i; |
| 3088 | struct linetable_entry *item; |
| 3089 | struct symtab_and_line val; |
| 3090 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 3091 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | /* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file. */ |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | struct linetable_entry *best = NULL; |
| 3096 | CORE_ADDR best_end = 0; |
| 3097 | struct symtab *best_symtab = 0; |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | /* Store here the first line number |
| 3100 | of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC. |
| 3101 | If we don't find a line whose range contains PC, |
| 3102 | we will use a line one less than this, |
| 3103 | with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc. */ |
| 3104 | struct linetable_entry *alt = NULL; |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | /* Info on best line seen in this file. */ |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | struct linetable_entry *prev; |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | /* If this pc is not from the current frame, |
| 3111 | it is the address of the end of a call instruction. |
| 3112 | Quite likely that is the start of the following statement. |
| 3113 | But what we want is the statement containing the instruction. |
| 3114 | Fudge the pc to make sure we get that. */ |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | init_sal (&val); /* initialize to zeroes */ |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | val.pspace = current_program_space; |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | /* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for |
| 3121 | any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line |
| 3122 | number info, either. However, GAS can emit line number info for |
| 3123 | assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written |
| 3124 | assembly code. In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the |
| 3125 | function, but we would have line info. */ |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | if (notcurrent) |
| 3128 | pc -= 1; |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | /* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong |
| 3131 | information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export) |
| 3132 | to call a shlib function. This stub would be anywhere between |
| 3133 | two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously |
| 3134 | taken to be the one of the line before the pc. */ |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | /* RT: Further explanation: |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | * We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures. |
| 3139 | * |
| 3140 | * Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also |
| 3141 | * exists in the main image. |
| 3142 | * |
| 3143 | * In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols |
| 3144 | * sorted by start address. The stubs are marked as "trampoline", |
| 3145 | * the others appear as text. E.g.: |
| 3146 | * |
| 3147 | * Minimal symbol table for main image |
| 3148 | * main: code for main (text symbol) |
| 3149 | * shr1: stub (trampoline symbol) |
| 3150 | * foo: code for foo (text symbol) |
| 3151 | * ... |
| 3152 | * Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image: |
| 3153 | * ... |
| 3154 | * shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol) |
| 3155 | * ... |
| 3156 | * |
| 3157 | * So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub |
| 3158 | * ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline), |
| 3159 | * and if found, do the symbolization from the real-code address |
| 3160 | * rather than the stub address. |
| 3161 | * |
| 3162 | * Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table: |
| 3163 | * 1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only |
| 3164 | * if we're really in the trampoline.s If we're beyond it (say |
| 3165 | * we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer |
| 3166 | * symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not |
| 3167 | * return the trampoline. |
| 3168 | * 2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol |
| 3169 | * corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will |
| 3170 | * be different than the trampoline address. I put in a sanity |
| 3171 | * check for the address being the same, to avoid an |
| 3172 | * infinite recursion. |
| 3173 | */ |
| 3174 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc); |
| 3175 | if (msymbol.minsym != NULL) |
| 3176 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 3177 | { |
| 3178 | struct bound_minimal_symbol mfunsym |
| 3179 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol.minsym), |
| 3180 | NULL); |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | if (mfunsym.minsym == NULL) |
| 3183 | /* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out |
| 3184 | * in the following situation: |
| 3185 | * gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries |
| 3186 | * (gdb) break shr1 // function in shared lib |
| 3187 | * Warning: In stub for ... |
| 3188 | * In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet, |
| 3189 | * so of course we can't find the real func/line info, |
| 3190 | * but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying. |
| 3191 | * So I commented out the warning. RT */ |
| 3192 | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", |
| 3193 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol)); */ |
| 3194 | ; |
| 3195 | /* fall through */ |
| 3196 | else if (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym) |
| 3197 | == BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)) |
| 3198 | /* Avoid infinite recursion */ |
| 3199 | /* See above comment about why warning is commented out. */ |
| 3200 | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", |
| 3201 | SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol)); */ |
| 3202 | ; |
| 3203 | /* fall through */ |
| 3204 | else |
| 3205 | return find_pc_line (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym), 0); |
| 3206 | } |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | cust = find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, section); |
| 3210 | if (cust == NULL) |
| 3211 | { |
| 3212 | /* If no symbol information, return previous pc. */ |
| 3213 | if (notcurrent) |
| 3214 | pc++; |
| 3215 | val.pc = pc; |
| 3216 | return val; |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | /* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector. |
| 3222 | They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right; |
| 3223 | but they have different line tables. */ |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | ALL_COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust, iter_s) |
| 3226 | { |
| 3227 | /* Find the best line in this symtab. */ |
| 3228 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (iter_s); |
| 3229 | if (!l) |
| 3230 | continue; |
| 3231 | len = l->nitems; |
| 3232 | if (len <= 0) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | /* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers |
| 3235 | (e.g. gcc -g1). (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL; |
| 3236 | I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol |
| 3237 | reader). */ |
| 3238 | continue; |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | prev = NULL; |
| 3242 | item = l->item; /* Get first line info. */ |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | /* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files? |
| 3245 | If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate. */ |
| 3246 | if (item->pc > pc && (!alt || item->pc < alt->pc)) |
| 3247 | alt = item; |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++, item++) |
| 3250 | { |
| 3251 | /* Leave prev pointing to the linetable entry for the last line |
| 3252 | that started at or before PC. */ |
| 3253 | if (item->pc > pc) |
| 3254 | break; |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | prev = item; |
| 3257 | } |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | /* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and |
| 3260 | item points at the next line. If we ran off the end of the linetable |
| 3261 | (pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item. If pc < start of |
| 3262 | the first line, prev will not be set. */ |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | /* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files? |
| 3265 | If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far. Don't |
| 3266 | save prev if it represents the end of a function (i.e. line number |
| 3267 | 0) instead of a real line. */ |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | if (prev && prev->line && (!best || prev->pc > best->pc)) |
| 3270 | { |
| 3271 | best = prev; |
| 3272 | best_symtab = iter_s; |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | /* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST. */ |
| 3275 | if (best_end <= best->pc) |
| 3276 | best_end = 0; |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | /* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its |
| 3280 | PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then |
| 3281 | use ITEM's PC as the new best_end. */ |
| 3282 | if (best && i < len && item->pc > best->pc |
| 3283 | && (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc)) |
| 3284 | best_end = item->pc; |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | if (!best_symtab) |
| 3288 | { |
| 3289 | /* If we didn't find any line number info, just return zeros. |
| 3290 | We used to return alt->line - 1 here, but that could be |
| 3291 | anywhere; if we don't have line number info for this PC, |
| 3292 | don't make some up. */ |
| 3293 | val.pc = pc; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | else if (best->line == 0) |
| 3296 | { |
| 3297 | /* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line |
| 3298 | number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't |
| 3299 | find any valid line information. */ |
| 3300 | val.pc = pc; |
| 3301 | } |
| 3302 | else |
| 3303 | { |
| 3304 | val.symtab = best_symtab; |
| 3305 | val.line = best->line; |
| 3306 | val.pc = best->pc; |
| 3307 | if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc)) |
| 3308 | val.end = best_end; |
| 3309 | else if (alt) |
| 3310 | val.end = alt->pc; |
| 3311 | else |
| 3312 | val.end = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)); |
| 3313 | } |
| 3314 | val.section = section; |
| 3315 | return val; |
| 3316 | } |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | /* Backward compatibility (no section). */ |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | struct symtab_and_line |
| 3321 | find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent) |
| 3322 | { |
| 3323 | struct obj_section *section; |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | section = find_pc_overlay (pc); |
| 3326 | if (pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section)) |
| 3327 | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); |
| 3328 | return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent); |
| 3329 | } |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | struct symtab * |
| 3334 | find_pc_line_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) |
| 3335 | { |
| 3336 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | /* This always passes zero for NOTCURRENT to find_pc_line. |
| 3339 | There are currently no callers that ever pass non-zero. */ |
| 3340 | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); |
| 3341 | return sal.symtab; |
| 3342 | } |
| 3343 | \f |
| 3344 | /* Find line number LINE in any symtab whose name is the same as |
| 3345 | SYMTAB. |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | If found, return the symtab that contains the linetable in which it was |
| 3348 | found, set *INDEX to the index in the linetable of the best entry |
| 3349 | found, and set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an |
| 3350 | exact match. |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | If not found, return NULL. */ |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | struct symtab * |
| 3355 | find_line_symtab (struct symtab *symtab, int line, |
| 3356 | int *index, int *exact_match) |
| 3357 | { |
| 3358 | int exact = 0; /* Initialized here to avoid a compiler warning. */ |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | /* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE |
| 3361 | so far seen. */ |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | int best_index; |
| 3364 | struct linetable *best_linetable; |
| 3365 | struct symtab *best_symtab; |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | /* First try looking it up in the given symtab. */ |
| 3368 | best_linetable = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab); |
| 3369 | best_symtab = symtab; |
| 3370 | best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact, 0); |
| 3371 | if (best_index < 0 || !exact) |
| 3372 | { |
| 3373 | /* Didn't find an exact match. So we better keep looking for |
| 3374 | another symtab with the same name. In the case of xcoff, |
| 3375 | multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN |
| 3376 | compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable |
| 3377 | assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that |
| 3378 | the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address). */ |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen, |
| 3381 | or 0 if none has been seen so far. |
| 3382 | BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it. */ |
| 3383 | int best; |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 3386 | struct compunit_symtab *cu; |
| 3387 | struct symtab *s; |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | if (best_index >= 0) |
| 3390 | best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line; |
| 3391 | else |
| 3392 | best = 0; |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 3395 | { |
| 3396 | if (objfile->sf) |
| 3397 | objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_with_fullname (objfile, |
| 3398 | symtab_to_fullname (symtab)); |
| 3399 | } |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | ALL_FILETABS (objfile, cu, s) |
| 3402 | { |
| 3403 | struct linetable *l; |
| 3404 | int ind; |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab->filename, s->filename) != 0) |
| 3407 | continue; |
| 3408 | if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab_to_fullname (symtab), |
| 3409 | symtab_to_fullname (s)) != 0) |
| 3410 | continue; |
| 3411 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (s); |
| 3412 | ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact, 0); |
| 3413 | if (ind >= 0) |
| 3414 | { |
| 3415 | if (exact) |
| 3416 | { |
| 3417 | best_index = ind; |
| 3418 | best_linetable = l; |
| 3419 | best_symtab = s; |
| 3420 | goto done; |
| 3421 | } |
| 3422 | if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best) |
| 3423 | { |
| 3424 | best = l->item[ind].line; |
| 3425 | best_index = ind; |
| 3426 | best_linetable = l; |
| 3427 | best_symtab = s; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | done: |
| 3433 | if (best_index < 0) |
| 3434 | return NULL; |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | if (index) |
| 3437 | *index = best_index; |
| 3438 | if (exact_match) |
| 3439 | *exact_match = exact; |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | return best_symtab; |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | /* Given SYMTAB, returns all the PCs function in the symtab that |
| 3445 | exactly match LINE. Returns NULL if there are no exact matches, |
| 3446 | but updates BEST_ITEM in this case. */ |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | VEC (CORE_ADDR) * |
| 3449 | find_pcs_for_symtab_line (struct symtab *symtab, int line, |
| 3450 | struct linetable_entry **best_item) |
| 3451 | { |
| 3452 | int start = 0; |
| 3453 | VEC (CORE_ADDR) *result = NULL; |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /* First, collect all the PCs that are at this line. */ |
| 3456 | while (1) |
| 3457 | { |
| 3458 | int was_exact; |
| 3459 | int idx; |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | idx = find_line_common (SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab), line, &was_exact, |
| 3462 | start); |
| 3463 | if (idx < 0) |
| 3464 | break; |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | if (!was_exact) |
| 3467 | { |
| 3468 | struct linetable_entry *item = &SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab)->item[idx]; |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | if (*best_item == NULL || item->line < (*best_item)->line) |
| 3471 | *best_item = item; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | break; |
| 3474 | } |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | VEC_safe_push (CORE_ADDR, result, |
| 3477 | SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab)->item[idx].pc); |
| 3478 | start = idx + 1; |
| 3479 | } |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | return result; |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | \f |
| 3485 | /* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true. |
| 3486 | Returns zero for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0). |
| 3487 | The source file is specified with a struct symtab. */ |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | int |
| 3490 | find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc) |
| 3491 | { |
| 3492 | struct linetable *l; |
| 3493 | int ind; |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | *pc = 0; |
| 3496 | if (symtab == 0) |
| 3497 | return 0; |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind, NULL); |
| 3500 | if (symtab != NULL) |
| 3501 | { |
| 3502 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab); |
| 3503 | *pc = l->item[ind].pc; |
| 3504 | return 1; |
| 3505 | } |
| 3506 | else |
| 3507 | return 0; |
| 3508 | } |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | /* Find the range of pc values in a line. |
| 3511 | Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR |
| 3512 | and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR. |
| 3513 | Returns 1 to indicate success. |
| 3514 | Returns 0 if could not find the specified line. */ |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | int |
| 3517 | find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr, |
| 3518 | CORE_ADDR *endptr) |
| 3519 | { |
| 3520 | CORE_ADDR startaddr; |
| 3521 | struct symtab_and_line found_sal; |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | startaddr = sal.pc; |
| 3524 | if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr)) |
| 3525 | return 0; |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | /* This whole function is based on address. For example, if line 10 has |
| 3528 | two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then |
| 3529 | "info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200 |
| 3530 | and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400. |
| 3531 | This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134 |
| 3532 | and ends at 0x12c". */ |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0); |
| 3535 | if (found_sal.line != sal.line) |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | /* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes. */ |
| 3538 | *startptr = found_sal.pc; |
| 3539 | *endptr = found_sal.pc; |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | else |
| 3542 | { |
| 3543 | *startptr = found_sal.pc; |
| 3544 | *endptr = found_sal.end; |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | return 1; |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | /* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line |
| 3550 | table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one. |
| 3551 | Return -1 if none is found. The value is >= 0 if it is an index. |
| 3552 | START is the index at which to start searching the line table. |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match. */ |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | static int |
| 3557 | find_line_common (struct linetable *l, int lineno, |
| 3558 | int *exact_match, int start) |
| 3559 | { |
| 3560 | int i; |
| 3561 | int len; |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen, |
| 3564 | or 0 if none has been seen so far. |
| 3565 | BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it. */ |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | int best_index = -1; |
| 3568 | int best = 0; |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | *exact_match = 0; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | if (lineno <= 0) |
| 3573 | return -1; |
| 3574 | if (l == 0) |
| 3575 | return -1; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | len = l->nitems; |
| 3578 | for (i = start; i < len; i++) |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | if (item->line == lineno) |
| 3583 | { |
| 3584 | /* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches. */ |
| 3585 | *exact_match = 1; |
| 3586 | return i; |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best)) |
| 3590 | { |
| 3591 | best = item->line; |
| 3592 | best_index = i; |
| 3593 | } |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | /* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match. */ |
| 3597 | return best_index; |
| 3598 | } |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | int |
| 3601 | find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr) |
| 3602 | { |
| 3603 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); |
| 3606 | *startptr = sal.pc; |
| 3607 | *endptr = sal.end; |
| 3608 | return sal.symtab != 0; |
| 3609 | } |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | /* Given a function symbol SYM, find the symtab and line for the start |
| 3612 | of the function. |
| 3613 | If the argument FUNFIRSTLINE is nonzero, we want the first line |
| 3614 | of real code inside the function. |
| 3615 | This function should return SALs matching those from minsym_found, |
| 3616 | otherwise false multiple-locations breakpoints could be placed. */ |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | struct symtab_and_line |
| 3619 | find_function_start_sal (struct symbol *sym, int funfirstline) |
| 3620 | { |
| 3621 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 3622 | struct obj_section *section; |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); |
| 3625 | section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (symbol_objfile (sym), sym); |
| 3626 | sal = find_pc_sect_line (BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)), section, 0); |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | if (funfirstline && sal.symtab != NULL |
| 3629 | && (COMPUNIT_LOCATIONS_VALID (SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal.symtab)) |
| 3630 | || SYMTAB_LANGUAGE (sal.symtab) == language_asm)) |
| 3631 | { |
| 3632 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = symbol_arch (sym); |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | sal.pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); |
| 3635 | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) |
| 3636 | sal.pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, sal.pc); |
| 3637 | return sal; |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | /* We always should have a line for the function start address. |
| 3641 | If we don't, something is odd. Create a plain SAL refering |
| 3642 | just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested) |
| 3643 | can find a line number for after the prologue. */ |
| 3644 | if (sal.pc < BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym))) |
| 3645 | { |
| 3646 | init_sal (&sal); |
| 3647 | sal.pspace = current_program_space; |
| 3648 | sal.pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); |
| 3649 | sal.section = section; |
| 3650 | } |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | if (funfirstline) |
| 3653 | skip_prologue_sal (&sal); |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | return sal; |
| 3656 | } |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | /* Given a function start address FUNC_ADDR and SYMTAB, find the first |
| 3659 | address for that function that has an entry in SYMTAB's line info |
| 3660 | table. If such an entry cannot be found, return FUNC_ADDR |
| 3661 | unaltered. */ |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 3664 | skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (CORE_ADDR func_addr, struct symtab *symtab) |
| 3665 | { |
| 3666 | CORE_ADDR func_start, func_end; |
| 3667 | struct linetable *l; |
| 3668 | int i; |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | /* Give up if this symbol has no lineinfo table. */ |
| 3671 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab); |
| 3672 | if (l == NULL) |
| 3673 | return func_addr; |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | /* Get the range for the function's PC values, or give up if we |
| 3676 | cannot, for some reason. */ |
| 3677 | if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &func_start, &func_end)) |
| 3678 | return func_addr; |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | /* Linetable entries are ordered by PC values, see the commentary in |
| 3681 | symtab.h where `struct linetable' is defined. Thus, the first |
| 3682 | entry whose PC is in the range [FUNC_START..FUNC_END[ is the |
| 3683 | address we are looking for. */ |
| 3684 | for (i = 0; i < l->nitems; i++) |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | /* Don't use line numbers of zero, they mark special entries in |
| 3689 | the table. See the commentary on symtab.h before the |
| 3690 | definition of struct linetable. */ |
| 3691 | if (item->line > 0 && func_start <= item->pc && item->pc < func_end) |
| 3692 | return item->pc; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | return func_addr; |
| 3696 | } |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue. |
| 3699 | If the PC was explicitly specified, the SAL is not changed. |
| 3700 | If the line number was explicitly specified, at most the SAL's PC |
| 3701 | is updated. If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */ |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | void |
| 3704 | skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal) |
| 3705 | { |
| 3706 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3707 | struct symtab_and_line start_sal; |
| 3708 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 3709 | CORE_ADDR pc, saved_pc; |
| 3710 | struct obj_section *section; |
| 3711 | const char *name; |
| 3712 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 3713 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; |
| 3714 | const struct block *b, *function_block; |
| 3715 | int force_skip, skip; |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | /* Do not change the SAL if PC was specified explicitly. */ |
| 3718 | if (sal->explicit_pc) |
| 3719 | return; |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); |
| 3722 | switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | sym = find_pc_sect_function (sal->pc, sal->section); |
| 3725 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 3726 | { |
| 3727 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | objfile = symbol_objfile (sym); |
| 3730 | pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); |
| 3731 | section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, sym); |
| 3732 | name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym); |
| 3733 | } |
| 3734 | else |
| 3735 | { |
| 3736 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol |
| 3737 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (sal->pc, sal->section); |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | if (msymbol.minsym == NULL) |
| 3740 | { |
| 3741 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 3742 | return; |
| 3743 | } |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | objfile = msymbol.objfile; |
| 3746 | pc = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); |
| 3747 | section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, msymbol.minsym); |
| 3748 | name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol.minsym); |
| 3749 | } |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | /* Process the prologue in two passes. In the first pass try to skip the |
| 3754 | prologue (SKIP is true) and verify there is a real need for it (indicated |
| 3755 | by FORCE_SKIP). If no such reason was found run a second pass where the |
| 3756 | prologue is not skipped (SKIP is false). */ |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | skip = 1; |
| 3759 | force_skip = 1; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Be conservative - allow direct PC (without skipping prologue) only if we |
| 3762 | have proven the CU (Compilation Unit) supports it. sal->SYMTAB does not |
| 3763 | have to be set by the caller so we use SYM instead. */ |
| 3764 | if (sym != NULL |
| 3765 | && COMPUNIT_LOCATIONS_VALID (SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (symbol_symtab (sym)))) |
| 3766 | force_skip = 0; |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | saved_pc = pc; |
| 3769 | do |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | pc = saved_pc; |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | /* If the function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA address, |
| 3774 | so that gdbarch_skip_prologue has something unique to work on. */ |
| 3775 | if (section_is_overlay (section) && !section_is_mapped (section)) |
| 3776 | pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section); |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | /* Skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue). */ |
| 3779 | pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); |
| 3780 | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) |
| 3781 | pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, pc); |
| 3782 | if (skip) |
| 3783 | pc = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch, pc); |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | /* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range. */ |
| 3786 | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | /* Calculate line number. */ |
| 3789 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | /* Check if gdbarch_skip_prologue left us in mid-line, and the next |
| 3792 | line is still part of the same function. */ |
| 3793 | if (skip && start_sal.pc != pc |
| 3794 | && (sym ? (BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)) <= start_sal.end |
| 3795 | && start_sal.end < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym))) |
| 3796 | : (lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (start_sal.end, section).minsym |
| 3797 | == lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section).minsym))) |
| 3798 | { |
| 3799 | /* First pc of next line */ |
| 3800 | pc = start_sal.end; |
| 3801 | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */ |
| 3802 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | /* On targets with executable formats that don't have a concept of |
| 3806 | constructors (ELF with .init has, PE doesn't), gcc emits a call |
| 3807 | to `__main' in `main' between the prologue and before user |
| 3808 | code. */ |
| 3809 | if (gdbarch_skip_main_prologue_p (gdbarch) |
| 3810 | && name && strcmp_iw (name, "main") == 0) |
| 3811 | { |
| 3812 | pc = gdbarch_skip_main_prologue (gdbarch, pc); |
| 3813 | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */ |
| 3814 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); |
| 3815 | force_skip = 1; |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | } |
| 3818 | while (!force_skip && skip--); |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | /* If we still don't have a valid source line, try to find the first |
| 3821 | PC in the lineinfo table that belongs to the same function. This |
| 3822 | happens with COFF debug info, which does not seem to have an |
| 3823 | entry in lineinfo table for the code after the prologue which has |
| 3824 | no direct relation to source. For example, this was found to be |
| 3825 | the case with the DJGPP target using "gcc -gcoff" when the |
| 3826 | compiler inserted code after the prologue to make sure the stack |
| 3827 | is aligned. */ |
| 3828 | if (!force_skip && sym && start_sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 3829 | { |
| 3830 | pc = skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (pc, symbol_symtab (sym)); |
| 3831 | /* Recalculate the line number. */ |
| 3832 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | /* If we're already past the prologue, leave SAL unchanged. Otherwise |
| 3838 | forward SAL to the end of the prologue. */ |
| 3839 | if (sal->pc >= pc) |
| 3840 | return; |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | sal->pc = pc; |
| 3843 | sal->section = section; |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | /* Unless the explicit_line flag was set, update the SAL line |
| 3846 | and symtab to correspond to the modified PC location. */ |
| 3847 | if (sal->explicit_line) |
| 3848 | return; |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | sal->symtab = start_sal.symtab; |
| 3851 | sal->line = start_sal.line; |
| 3852 | sal->end = start_sal.end; |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | /* Check if we are now inside an inlined function. If we can, |
| 3855 | use the call site of the function instead. */ |
| 3856 | b = block_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, sal->section); |
| 3857 | function_block = NULL; |
| 3858 | while (b != NULL) |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b)) |
| 3861 | function_block = b; |
| 3862 | else if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL) |
| 3863 | break; |
| 3864 | b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b); |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | if (function_block != NULL |
| 3867 | && SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)) != 0) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | sal->line = SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)); |
| 3870 | sal->symtab = symbol_symtab (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)); |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | /* Given PC at the function's start address, attempt to find the |
| 3875 | prologue end using SAL information. Return zero if the skip fails. |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | A non-optimized prologue traditionally has one SAL for the function |
| 3878 | and a second for the function body. A single line function has |
| 3879 | them both pointing at the same line. |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | An optimized prologue is similar but the prologue may contain |
| 3882 | instructions (SALs) from the instruction body. Need to skip those |
| 3883 | while not getting into the function body. |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | The functions end point and an increasing SAL line are used as |
| 3886 | indicators of the prologue's endpoint. |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | This code is based on the function refine_prologue_limit |
| 3889 | (found in ia64). */ |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | CORE_ADDR |
| 3892 | skip_prologue_using_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR func_addr) |
| 3893 | { |
| 3894 | struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal; |
| 3895 | CORE_ADDR start_pc; |
| 3896 | CORE_ADDR end_pc; |
| 3897 | const struct block *bl; |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | /* Get an initial range for the function. */ |
| 3900 | find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &start_pc, &end_pc); |
| 3901 | start_pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0); |
| 3904 | if (prologue_sal.line != 0) |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | /* For languages other than assembly, treat two consecutive line |
| 3907 | entries at the same address as a zero-instruction prologue. |
| 3908 | The GNU assembler emits separate line notes for each instruction |
| 3909 | in a multi-instruction macro, but compilers generally will not |
| 3910 | do this. */ |
| 3911 | if (prologue_sal.symtab->language != language_asm) |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | struct linetable *linetable = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (prologue_sal.symtab); |
| 3914 | int idx = 0; |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | /* Skip any earlier lines, and any end-of-sequence marker |
| 3917 | from a previous function. */ |
| 3918 | while (linetable->item[idx].pc != prologue_sal.pc |
| 3919 | || linetable->item[idx].line == 0) |
| 3920 | idx++; |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | if (idx+1 < linetable->nitems |
| 3923 | && linetable->item[idx+1].line != 0 |
| 3924 | && linetable->item[idx+1].pc == start_pc) |
| 3925 | return start_pc; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | /* If there is only one sal that covers the entire function, |
| 3929 | then it is probably a single line function, like |
| 3930 | "foo(){}". */ |
| 3931 | if (prologue_sal.end >= end_pc) |
| 3932 | return 0; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | while (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | sal = find_pc_line (prologue_sal.end, 0); |
| 3939 | if (sal.line == 0) |
| 3940 | break; |
| 3941 | /* Assume that a consecutive SAL for the same (or larger) |
| 3942 | line mark the prologue -> body transition. */ |
| 3943 | if (sal.line >= prologue_sal.line) |
| 3944 | break; |
| 3945 | /* Likewise if we are in a different symtab altogether |
| 3946 | (e.g. within a file included via #include). */ |
| 3947 | if (sal.symtab != prologue_sal.symtab) |
| 3948 | break; |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | /* The line number is smaller. Check that it's from the |
| 3951 | same function, not something inlined. If it's inlined, |
| 3952 | then there is no point comparing the line numbers. */ |
| 3953 | bl = block_for_pc (prologue_sal.end); |
| 3954 | while (bl) |
| 3955 | { |
| 3956 | if (block_inlined_p (bl)) |
| 3957 | break; |
| 3958 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (bl)) |
| 3959 | { |
| 3960 | bl = NULL; |
| 3961 | break; |
| 3962 | } |
| 3963 | bl = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (bl); |
| 3964 | } |
| 3965 | if (bl != NULL) |
| 3966 | break; |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | /* The case in which compiler's optimizer/scheduler has |
| 3969 | moved instructions into the prologue. We look ahead in |
| 3970 | the function looking for address ranges whose |
| 3971 | corresponding line number is less the first one that we |
| 3972 | found for the function. This is more conservative then |
| 3973 | refine_prologue_limit which scans a large number of SALs |
| 3974 | looking for any in the prologue. */ |
| 3975 | prologue_sal = sal; |
| 3976 | } |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | if (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) |
| 3980 | /* Return the end of this line, or zero if we could not find a |
| 3981 | line. */ |
| 3982 | return prologue_sal.end; |
| 3983 | else |
| 3984 | /* Don't return END_PC, which is past the end of the function. */ |
| 3985 | return prologue_sal.pc; |
| 3986 | } |
| 3987 | \f |
| 3988 | /* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is |
| 3989 | some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the |
| 3990 | beginning of the substring of the operator text. |
| 3991 | Otherwise, return "". */ |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | static const char * |
| 3994 | operator_chars (const char *p, const char **end) |
| 3995 | { |
| 3996 | *end = ""; |
| 3997 | if (!startswith (p, "operator")) |
| 3998 | return *end; |
| 3999 | p += 8; |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | /* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer |
| 4002 | identifier. */ |
| 4003 | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0') |
| 4004 | return *end; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | /* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol. */ |
| 4007 | while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') |
| 4008 | p++; |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | /* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'. */ |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$') |
| 4013 | { |
| 4014 | const char *q = p + 1; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$') |
| 4017 | q++; |
| 4018 | *end = q; |
| 4019 | return p; |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | while (*p) |
| 4023 | switch (*p) |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | case '\\': /* regexp quoting */ |
| 4026 | if (p[1] == '*') |
| 4027 | { |
| 4028 | if (p[2] == '=') /* 'operator\*=' */ |
| 4029 | *end = p + 3; |
| 4030 | else /* 'operator\*' */ |
| 4031 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4032 | return p; |
| 4033 | } |
| 4034 | else if (p[1] == '[') |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | if (p[2] == ']') |
| 4037 | error (_("mismatched quoting on brackets, " |
| 4038 | "try 'operator\\[\\]'")); |
| 4039 | else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']') |
| 4040 | { |
| 4041 | *end = p + 4; /* 'operator\[\]' */ |
| 4042 | return p; |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | else |
| 4045 | error (_("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'")); |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | else |
| 4048 | { |
| 4049 | /* Gratuitous qoute: skip it and move on. */ |
| 4050 | p++; |
| 4051 | continue; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | break; |
| 4054 | case '!': |
| 4055 | case '=': |
| 4056 | case '*': |
| 4057 | case '/': |
| 4058 | case '%': |
| 4059 | case '^': |
| 4060 | if (p[1] == '=') |
| 4061 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4062 | else |
| 4063 | *end = p + 1; |
| 4064 | return p; |
| 4065 | case '<': |
| 4066 | case '>': |
| 4067 | case '+': |
| 4068 | case '-': |
| 4069 | case '&': |
| 4070 | case '|': |
| 4071 | if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>') |
| 4072 | { |
| 4073 | /* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'. */ |
| 4074 | if (p[2] == '*') |
| 4075 | { |
| 4076 | *end = p + 3; /* 'operator->*' */ |
| 4077 | return p; |
| 4078 | } |
| 4079 | else if (p[2] == '\\') |
| 4080 | { |
| 4081 | *end = p + 4; /* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */ |
| 4082 | return p; |
| 4083 | } |
| 4084 | else |
| 4085 | { |
| 4086 | *end = p + 2; /* 'operator->' */ |
| 4087 | return p; |
| 4088 | } |
| 4089 | } |
| 4090 | if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0]) |
| 4091 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4092 | else |
| 4093 | *end = p + 1; |
| 4094 | return p; |
| 4095 | case '~': |
| 4096 | case ',': |
| 4097 | *end = p + 1; |
| 4098 | return p; |
| 4099 | case '(': |
| 4100 | if (p[1] != ')') |
| 4101 | error (_("`operator ()' must be specified " |
| 4102 | "without whitespace in `()'")); |
| 4103 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4104 | return p; |
| 4105 | case '?': |
| 4106 | if (p[1] != ':') |
| 4107 | error (_("`operator ?:' must be specified " |
| 4108 | "without whitespace in `?:'")); |
| 4109 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4110 | return p; |
| 4111 | case '[': |
| 4112 | if (p[1] != ']') |
| 4113 | error (_("`operator []' must be specified " |
| 4114 | "without whitespace in `[]'")); |
| 4115 | *end = p + 2; |
| 4116 | return p; |
| 4117 | default: |
| 4118 | error (_("`operator %s' not supported"), p); |
| 4119 | break; |
| 4120 | } |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | *end = ""; |
| 4123 | return *end; |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | \f |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | /* Cache to watch for file names already seen by filename_seen. */ |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | struct filename_seen_cache |
| 4130 | { |
| 4131 | /* Table of files seen so far. */ |
| 4132 | htab_t tab; |
| 4133 | /* Initial size of the table. It automagically grows from here. */ |
| 4134 | #define INITIAL_FILENAME_SEEN_CACHE_SIZE 100 |
| 4135 | }; |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 | /* filename_seen_cache constructor. */ |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | static struct filename_seen_cache * |
| 4140 | create_filename_seen_cache (void) |
| 4141 | { |
| 4142 | struct filename_seen_cache *cache = XNEW (struct filename_seen_cache); |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | cache->tab = htab_create_alloc (INITIAL_FILENAME_SEEN_CACHE_SIZE, |
| 4145 | filename_hash, filename_eq, |
| 4146 | NULL, xcalloc, xfree); |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | return cache; |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | /* Empty the cache, but do not delete it. */ |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | static void |
| 4154 | clear_filename_seen_cache (struct filename_seen_cache *cache) |
| 4155 | { |
| 4156 | htab_empty (cache->tab); |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | /* filename_seen_cache destructor. |
| 4160 | This takes a void * argument as it is generally used as a cleanup. */ |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | static void |
| 4163 | delete_filename_seen_cache (void *ptr) |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | struct filename_seen_cache *cache = ptr; |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | htab_delete (cache->tab); |
| 4168 | xfree (cache); |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | /* If FILE is not already in the table of files in CACHE, return zero; |
| 4172 | otherwise return non-zero. Optionally add FILE to the table if ADD |
| 4173 | is non-zero. |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | NOTE: We don't manage space for FILE, we assume FILE lives as long |
| 4176 | as the caller needs. */ |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | static int |
| 4179 | filename_seen (struct filename_seen_cache *cache, const char *file, int add) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | void **slot; |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | /* Is FILE in tab? */ |
| 4184 | slot = htab_find_slot (cache->tab, file, add ? INSERT : NO_INSERT); |
| 4185 | if (*slot != NULL) |
| 4186 | return 1; |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | /* No; maybe add it to tab. */ |
| 4189 | if (add) |
| 4190 | *slot = (char *) file; |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | return 0; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | /* Data structure to maintain printing state for output_source_filename. */ |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | struct output_source_filename_data |
| 4198 | { |
| 4199 | /* Cache of what we've seen so far. */ |
| 4200 | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | /* Flag of whether we're printing the first one. */ |
| 4203 | int first; |
| 4204 | }; |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | /* Slave routine for sources_info. Force line breaks at ,'s. |
| 4207 | NAME is the name to print. |
| 4208 | DATA contains the state for printing and watching for duplicates. */ |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | static void |
| 4211 | output_source_filename (const char *name, |
| 4212 | struct output_source_filename_data *data) |
| 4213 | { |
| 4214 | /* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol |
| 4215 | tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once. Note: if |
| 4216 | some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets |
| 4217 | printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been |
| 4218 | read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on |
| 4219 | demand". I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the |
| 4220 | situation. I'm not sure whether this can also happen for |
| 4221 | symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check. */ |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | /* Was NAME already seen? */ |
| 4224 | if (filename_seen (data->filename_seen_cache, name, 1)) |
| 4225 | { |
| 4226 | /* Yes; don't print it again. */ |
| 4227 | return; |
| 4228 | } |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | /* No; print it and reset *FIRST. */ |
| 4231 | if (! data->first) |
| 4232 | printf_filtered (", "); |
| 4233 | data->first = 0; |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | wrap_here (""); |
| 4236 | fputs_filtered (name, gdb_stdout); |
| 4237 | } |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 | /* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | static void |
| 4242 | output_partial_symbol_filename (const char *filename, const char *fullname, |
| 4243 | void *data) |
| 4244 | { |
| 4245 | output_source_filename (fullname ? fullname : filename, data); |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | static void |
| 4249 | sources_info (char *ignore, int from_tty) |
| 4250 | { |
| 4251 | struct compunit_symtab *cu; |
| 4252 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4253 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4254 | struct output_source_filename_data data; |
| 4255 | struct cleanup *cleanups; |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ()) |
| 4258 | { |
| 4259 | error (_("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.")); |
| 4260 | } |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 | data.filename_seen_cache = create_filename_seen_cache (); |
| 4263 | cleanups = make_cleanup (delete_filename_seen_cache, |
| 4264 | data.filename_seen_cache); |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols have been read in:\n\n"); |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | data.first = 1; |
| 4269 | ALL_FILETABS (objfile, cu, s) |
| 4270 | { |
| 4271 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | output_source_filename (fullname, &data); |
| 4274 | } |
| 4275 | printf_filtered ("\n\n"); |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols " |
| 4278 | "will be read in on demand:\n\n"); |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | clear_filename_seen_cache (data.filename_seen_cache); |
| 4281 | data.first = 1; |
| 4282 | map_symbol_filenames (output_partial_symbol_filename, &data, |
| 4283 | 1 /*need_fullname*/); |
| 4284 | printf_filtered ("\n"); |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 4287 | } |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | /* Compare FILE against all the NFILES entries of FILES. If BASENAMES is |
| 4290 | non-zero compare only lbasename of FILES. */ |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | static int |
| 4293 | file_matches (const char *file, const char *files[], int nfiles, int basenames) |
| 4294 | { |
| 4295 | int i; |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | if (file != NULL && nfiles != 0) |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) |
| 4300 | { |
| 4301 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (file, (basenames |
| 4302 | ? lbasename (files[i]) |
| 4303 | : files[i]))) |
| 4304 | return 1; |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | else if (nfiles == 0) |
| 4308 | return 1; |
| 4309 | return 0; |
| 4310 | } |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | /* Free any memory associated with a search. */ |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | void |
| 4315 | free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *symbols) |
| 4316 | { |
| 4317 | struct symbol_search *p; |
| 4318 | struct symbol_search *next; |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = next) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | next = p->next; |
| 4323 | xfree (p); |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | static void |
| 4328 | do_free_search_symbols_cleanup (void *symbolsp) |
| 4329 | { |
| 4330 | struct symbol_search *symbols = *(struct symbol_search **) symbolsp; |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | free_search_symbols (symbols); |
| 4333 | } |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | struct cleanup * |
| 4336 | make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search **symbolsp) |
| 4337 | { |
| 4338 | return make_cleanup (do_free_search_symbols_cleanup, symbolsp); |
| 4339 | } |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | /* Helper function for sort_search_symbols_remove_dups and qsort. Can only |
| 4342 | sort symbols, not minimal symbols. */ |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | static int |
| 4345 | compare_search_syms (const void *sa, const void *sb) |
| 4346 | { |
| 4347 | struct symbol_search *sym_a = *(struct symbol_search **) sa; |
| 4348 | struct symbol_search *sym_b = *(struct symbol_search **) sb; |
| 4349 | int c; |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | c = FILENAME_CMP (symbol_symtab (sym_a->symbol)->filename, |
| 4352 | symbol_symtab (sym_b->symbol)->filename); |
| 4353 | if (c != 0) |
| 4354 | return c; |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | if (sym_a->block != sym_b->block) |
| 4357 | return sym_a->block - sym_b->block; |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | return strcmp (SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym_a->symbol), |
| 4360 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym_b->symbol)); |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /* Sort the NFOUND symbols in list FOUND and remove duplicates. |
| 4364 | The duplicates are freed, and the new list is returned in |
| 4365 | *NEW_HEAD, *NEW_TAIL. */ |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | static void |
| 4368 | sort_search_symbols_remove_dups (struct symbol_search *found, int nfound, |
| 4369 | struct symbol_search **new_head, |
| 4370 | struct symbol_search **new_tail) |
| 4371 | { |
| 4372 | struct symbol_search **symbols, *symp, *old_next; |
| 4373 | int i, j, nunique; |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | gdb_assert (found != NULL && nfound > 0); |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 | /* Build an array out of the list so we can easily sort them. */ |
| 4378 | symbols = XNEWVEC (struct symbol_search *, nfound); |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | symp = found; |
| 4381 | for (i = 0; i < nfound; i++) |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | gdb_assert (symp != NULL); |
| 4384 | gdb_assert (symp->block >= 0 && symp->block <= 1); |
| 4385 | symbols[i] = symp; |
| 4386 | symp = symp->next; |
| 4387 | } |
| 4388 | gdb_assert (symp == NULL); |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | qsort (symbols, nfound, sizeof (struct symbol_search *), |
| 4391 | compare_search_syms); |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | /* Collapse out the dups. */ |
| 4394 | for (i = 1, j = 1; i < nfound; ++i) |
| 4395 | { |
| 4396 | if (compare_search_syms (&symbols[j - 1], &symbols[i]) != 0) |
| 4397 | symbols[j++] = symbols[i]; |
| 4398 | else |
| 4399 | xfree (symbols[i]); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | nunique = j; |
| 4402 | symbols[j - 1]->next = NULL; |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | /* Rebuild the linked list. */ |
| 4405 | for (i = 0; i < nunique - 1; i++) |
| 4406 | symbols[i]->next = symbols[i + 1]; |
| 4407 | symbols[nunique - 1]->next = NULL; |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | *new_head = symbols[0]; |
| 4410 | *new_tail = symbols[nunique - 1]; |
| 4411 | xfree (symbols); |
| 4412 | } |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data to the |
| 4415 | expand_symtabs_matching method. */ |
| 4416 | struct search_symbols_data |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | int nfiles; |
| 4419 | const char **files; |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | /* It is true if PREG contains valid data, false otherwise. */ |
| 4422 | unsigned preg_p : 1; |
| 4423 | regex_t preg; |
| 4424 | }; |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 | /* A callback for expand_symtabs_matching. */ |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | static int |
| 4429 | search_symbols_file_matches (const char *filename, void *user_data, |
| 4430 | int basenames) |
| 4431 | { |
| 4432 | struct search_symbols_data *data = user_data; |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | return file_matches (filename, data->files, data->nfiles, basenames); |
| 4435 | } |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | /* A callback for expand_symtabs_matching. */ |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | static int |
| 4440 | search_symbols_name_matches (const char *symname, void *user_data) |
| 4441 | { |
| 4442 | struct search_symbols_data *data = user_data; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | return !data->preg_p || regexec (&data->preg, symname, 0, NULL, 0) == 0; |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | /* Search the symbol table for matches to the regular expression REGEXP, |
| 4448 | returning the results in *MATCHES. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | Only symbols of KIND are searched: |
| 4451 | VARIABLES_DOMAIN - search all symbols, excluding functions, type names, |
| 4452 | and constants (enums) |
| 4453 | FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN - search all functions |
| 4454 | TYPES_DOMAIN - search all type names |
| 4455 | ALL_DOMAIN - an internal error for this function |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | free_search_symbols should be called when *MATCHES is no longer needed. |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | Within each file the results are sorted locally; each symtab's global and |
| 4460 | static blocks are separately alphabetized. |
| 4461 | Duplicate entries are removed. */ |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | void |
| 4464 | search_symbols (const char *regexp, enum search_domain kind, |
| 4465 | int nfiles, const char *files[], |
| 4466 | struct symbol_search **matches) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 4469 | const struct blockvector *bv; |
| 4470 | struct block *b; |
| 4471 | int i = 0; |
| 4472 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 4473 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 4474 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4475 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4476 | int found_misc = 0; |
| 4477 | static const enum minimal_symbol_type types[] |
| 4478 | = {mst_data, mst_text, mst_abs}; |
| 4479 | static const enum minimal_symbol_type types2[] |
| 4480 | = {mst_bss, mst_file_text, mst_abs}; |
| 4481 | static const enum minimal_symbol_type types3[] |
| 4482 | = {mst_file_data, mst_solib_trampoline, mst_abs}; |
| 4483 | static const enum minimal_symbol_type types4[] |
| 4484 | = {mst_file_bss, mst_text_gnu_ifunc, mst_abs}; |
| 4485 | enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype; |
| 4486 | enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype2; |
| 4487 | enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype3; |
| 4488 | enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype4; |
| 4489 | struct symbol_search *found; |
| 4490 | struct symbol_search *tail; |
| 4491 | struct search_symbols_data datum; |
| 4492 | int nfound; |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | /* OLD_CHAIN .. RETVAL_CHAIN is always freed, RETVAL_CHAIN .. current |
| 4495 | CLEANUP_CHAIN is freed only in the case of an error. */ |
| 4496 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 4497 | struct cleanup *retval_chain; |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | gdb_assert (kind <= TYPES_DOMAIN); |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | ourtype = types[kind]; |
| 4502 | ourtype2 = types2[kind]; |
| 4503 | ourtype3 = types3[kind]; |
| 4504 | ourtype4 = types4[kind]; |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | *matches = NULL; |
| 4507 | datum.preg_p = 0; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | if (regexp != NULL) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | /* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators. |
| 4512 | This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive |
| 4513 | to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator' |
| 4514 | and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>. */ |
| 4515 | const char *opend; |
| 4516 | const char *opname = operator_chars (regexp, &opend); |
| 4517 | int errcode; |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | if (*opname) |
| 4520 | { |
| 4521 | int fix = -1; /* -1 means ok; otherwise number of |
| 4522 | spaces needed. */ |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$') |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | /* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'. */ |
| 4527 | if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ') |
| 4528 | fix = 1; |
| 4529 | } |
| 4530 | else |
| 4531 | { |
| 4532 | /* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'. */ |
| 4533 | if (opname[-1] == ' ') |
| 4534 | fix = 0; |
| 4535 | } |
| 4536 | /* If wrong number of spaces, fix it. */ |
| 4537 | if (fix >= 0) |
| 4538 | { |
| 4539 | char *tmp = (char *) alloca (8 + fix + strlen (opname) + 1); |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | sprintf (tmp, "operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname); |
| 4542 | regexp = tmp; |
| 4543 | } |
| 4544 | } |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | errcode = regcomp (&datum.preg, regexp, |
| 4547 | REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off |
| 4548 | ? REG_ICASE : 0)); |
| 4549 | if (errcode != 0) |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &datum.preg); |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | make_cleanup (xfree, err); |
| 4554 | error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, regexp); |
| 4555 | } |
| 4556 | datum.preg_p = 1; |
| 4557 | make_regfree_cleanup (&datum.preg); |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | /* Search through the partial symtabs *first* for all symbols |
| 4561 | matching the regexp. That way we don't have to reproduce all of |
| 4562 | the machinery below. */ |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | datum.nfiles = nfiles; |
| 4565 | datum.files = files; |
| 4566 | expand_symtabs_matching ((nfiles == 0 |
| 4567 | ? NULL |
| 4568 | : search_symbols_file_matches), |
| 4569 | search_symbols_name_matches, |
| 4570 | NULL, kind, &datum); |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | /* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions |
| 4573 | and variables that match, and force their symbols to be read. |
| 4574 | This is in particular necessary for demangled variable names, |
| 4575 | which are no longer put into the partial symbol tables. |
| 4576 | The symbol will then be found during the scan of symtabs below. |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info |
| 4579 | for the function, for variables we have to call |
| 4580 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name to determine if the variable |
| 4581 | has debug info. |
| 4582 | If the lookup fails, set found_misc so that we will rescan to print |
| 4583 | any matching symbols without debug info. |
| 4584 | We only search the objfile the msymbol came from, we no longer search |
| 4585 | all objfiles. In large programs (1000s of shared libs) searching all |
| 4586 | objfiles is not worth the pain. */ |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | if (nfiles == 0 && (kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN)) |
| 4589 | { |
| 4590 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4591 | { |
| 4592 | QUIT; |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) |
| 4595 | continue; |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype |
| 4598 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 |
| 4599 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 |
| 4600 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4) |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | if (!datum.preg_p |
| 4603 | || regexec (&datum.preg, MSYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol), 0, |
| 4604 | NULL, 0) == 0) |
| 4605 | { |
| 4606 | /* Note: An important side-effect of these lookup functions |
| 4607 | is to expand the symbol table if msymbol is found, for the |
| 4608 | benefit of the next loop on ALL_COMPUNITS. */ |
| 4609 | if (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN |
| 4610 | ? (find_pc_compunit_symtab |
| 4611 | (MSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (objfile, msymbol)) == NULL) |
| 4612 | : (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name |
| 4613 | (objfile, MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 4614 | .symbol == NULL)) |
| 4615 | found_misc = 1; |
| 4616 | } |
| 4617 | } |
| 4618 | } |
| 4619 | } |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | found = NULL; |
| 4622 | tail = NULL; |
| 4623 | nfound = 0; |
| 4624 | retval_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (&found); |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | ALL_COMPUNITS (objfile, cust) |
| 4627 | { |
| 4628 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); |
| 4629 | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) |
| 4630 | { |
| 4631 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i); |
| 4632 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 4633 | { |
| 4634 | struct symtab *real_symtab = symbol_symtab (sym); |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | QUIT; |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | /* Check first sole REAL_SYMTAB->FILENAME. It does not need to be |
| 4639 | a substring of symtab_to_fullname as it may contain "./" etc. */ |
| 4640 | if ((file_matches (real_symtab->filename, files, nfiles, 0) |
| 4641 | || ((basenames_may_differ |
| 4642 | || file_matches (lbasename (real_symtab->filename), |
| 4643 | files, nfiles, 1)) |
| 4644 | && file_matches (symtab_to_fullname (real_symtab), |
| 4645 | files, nfiles, 0))) |
| 4646 | && ((!datum.preg_p |
| 4647 | || regexec (&datum.preg, SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (sym), 0, |
| 4648 | NULL, 0) == 0) |
| 4649 | && ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN |
| 4650 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 4651 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED |
| 4652 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 4653 | /* LOC_CONST can be used for more than just enums, |
| 4654 | e.g., c++ static const members. |
| 4655 | We only want to skip enums here. */ |
| 4656 | && !(SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_CONST |
| 4657 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) |
| 4658 | == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))) |
| 4659 | || (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN |
| 4660 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 4661 | || (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN |
| 4662 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)))) |
| 4663 | { |
| 4664 | /* match */ |
| 4665 | struct symbol_search *psr = XCNEW (struct symbol_search); |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | psr->block = i; |
| 4668 | psr->symbol = sym; |
| 4669 | psr->next = NULL; |
| 4670 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 4671 | found = psr; |
| 4672 | else |
| 4673 | tail->next = psr; |
| 4674 | tail = psr; |
| 4675 | nfound ++; |
| 4676 | } |
| 4677 | } |
| 4678 | } |
| 4679 | } |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | if (found != NULL) |
| 4682 | { |
| 4683 | sort_search_symbols_remove_dups (found, nfound, &found, &tail); |
| 4684 | /* Note: nfound is no longer useful beyond this point. */ |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | /* If there are no eyes, avoid all contact. I mean, if there are |
| 4688 | no debug symbols, then add matching minsyms. */ |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | if (found_misc || (nfiles == 0 && kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN)) |
| 4691 | { |
| 4692 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 4693 | { |
| 4694 | QUIT; |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) |
| 4697 | continue; |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype |
| 4700 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 |
| 4701 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 |
| 4702 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4) |
| 4703 | { |
| 4704 | if (!datum.preg_p |
| 4705 | || regexec (&datum.preg, MSYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol), 0, |
| 4706 | NULL, 0) == 0) |
| 4707 | { |
| 4708 | /* For functions we can do a quick check of whether the |
| 4709 | symbol might be found via find_pc_symtab. */ |
| 4710 | if (kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN |
| 4711 | || (find_pc_compunit_symtab |
| 4712 | (MSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (objfile, msymbol)) == NULL)) |
| 4713 | { |
| 4714 | if (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name |
| 4715 | (objfile, MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol), VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 4716 | .symbol == NULL) |
| 4717 | { |
| 4718 | /* match */ |
| 4719 | struct symbol_search *psr = XNEW (struct symbol_search); |
| 4720 | psr->block = i; |
| 4721 | psr->msymbol.minsym = msymbol; |
| 4722 | psr->msymbol.objfile = objfile; |
| 4723 | psr->symbol = NULL; |
| 4724 | psr->next = NULL; |
| 4725 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 4726 | found = psr; |
| 4727 | else |
| 4728 | tail->next = psr; |
| 4729 | tail = psr; |
| 4730 | } |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | } |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | discard_cleanups (retval_chain); |
| 4738 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4739 | *matches = found; |
| 4740 | } |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | /* Helper function for symtab_symbol_info, this function uses |
| 4743 | the data returned from search_symbols() to print information |
| 4744 | regarding the match to gdb_stdout. */ |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | static void |
| 4747 | print_symbol_info (enum search_domain kind, |
| 4748 | struct symbol *sym, |
| 4749 | int block, const char *last) |
| 4750 | { |
| 4751 | struct symtab *s = symbol_symtab (sym); |
| 4752 | const char *s_filename = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s); |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | if (last == NULL || filename_cmp (last, s_filename) != 0) |
| 4755 | { |
| 4756 | fputs_filtered ("\nFile ", gdb_stdout); |
| 4757 | fputs_filtered (s_filename, gdb_stdout); |
| 4758 | fputs_filtered (":\n", gdb_stdout); |
| 4759 | } |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | if (kind != TYPES_DOMAIN && block == STATIC_BLOCK) |
| 4762 | printf_filtered ("static "); |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | /* Typedef that is not a C++ class. */ |
| 4765 | if (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN |
| 4766 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) != STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 4767 | typedef_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), sym, gdb_stdout); |
| 4768 | /* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class. */ |
| 4769 | else if (kind < TYPES_DOMAIN |
| 4770 | || (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN |
| 4771 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN)) |
| 4772 | { |
| 4773 | type_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), |
| 4774 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 4775 | ? "" : SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)), |
| 4776 | gdb_stdout, 0); |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | printf_filtered (";\n"); |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | /* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information |
| 4783 | for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout. */ |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | static void |
| 4786 | print_msymbol_info (struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol) |
| 4787 | { |
| 4788 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (msymbol.objfile); |
| 4789 | char *tmp; |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | if (gdbarch_addr_bit (gdbarch) <= 32) |
| 4792 | tmp = hex_string_custom (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol) |
| 4793 | & (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff, |
| 4794 | 8); |
| 4795 | else |
| 4796 | tmp = hex_string_custom (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol), |
| 4797 | 16); |
| 4798 | printf_filtered ("%s %s\n", |
| 4799 | tmp, MSYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (msymbol.minsym)); |
| 4800 | } |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | /* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and |
| 4803 | "info variables". It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then |
| 4804 | print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the |
| 4805 | matches. */ |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | static void |
| 4808 | symtab_symbol_info (char *regexp, enum search_domain kind, int from_tty) |
| 4809 | { |
| 4810 | static const char * const classnames[] = |
| 4811 | {"variable", "function", "type"}; |
| 4812 | struct symbol_search *symbols; |
| 4813 | struct symbol_search *p; |
| 4814 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 4815 | const char *last_filename = NULL; |
| 4816 | int first = 1; |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | gdb_assert (kind <= TYPES_DOMAIN); |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | /* Must make sure that if we're interrupted, symbols gets freed. */ |
| 4821 | search_symbols (regexp, kind, 0, NULL, &symbols); |
| 4822 | old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (&symbols); |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | if (regexp != NULL) |
| 4825 | printf_filtered (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), |
| 4826 | classnames[kind], regexp); |
| 4827 | else |
| 4828 | printf_filtered (_("All defined %ss:\n"), classnames[kind]); |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 4831 | { |
| 4832 | QUIT; |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | if (p->msymbol.minsym != NULL) |
| 4835 | { |
| 4836 | if (first) |
| 4837 | { |
| 4838 | printf_filtered (_("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n")); |
| 4839 | first = 0; |
| 4840 | } |
| 4841 | print_msymbol_info (p->msymbol); |
| 4842 | } |
| 4843 | else |
| 4844 | { |
| 4845 | print_symbol_info (kind, |
| 4846 | p->symbol, |
| 4847 | p->block, |
| 4848 | last_filename); |
| 4849 | last_filename |
| 4850 | = symtab_to_filename_for_display (symbol_symtab (p->symbol)); |
| 4851 | } |
| 4852 | } |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4855 | } |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | static void |
| 4858 | variables_info (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 4859 | { |
| 4860 | symtab_symbol_info (regexp, VARIABLES_DOMAIN, from_tty); |
| 4861 | } |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | static void |
| 4864 | functions_info (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 4865 | { |
| 4866 | symtab_symbol_info (regexp, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, from_tty); |
| 4867 | } |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | static void |
| 4871 | types_info (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 4872 | { |
| 4873 | symtab_symbol_info (regexp, TYPES_DOMAIN, from_tty); |
| 4874 | } |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | /* Breakpoint all functions matching regular expression. */ |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | void |
| 4879 | rbreak_command_wrapper (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | rbreak_command (regexp, from_tty); |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | /* A cleanup function that calls end_rbreak_breakpoints. */ |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | static void |
| 4887 | do_end_rbreak_breakpoints (void *ignore) |
| 4888 | { |
| 4889 | end_rbreak_breakpoints (); |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | static void |
| 4893 | rbreak_command (char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 4894 | { |
| 4895 | struct symbol_search *ss; |
| 4896 | struct symbol_search *p; |
| 4897 | struct cleanup *old_chain; |
| 4898 | char *string = NULL; |
| 4899 | int len = 0; |
| 4900 | const char **files = NULL; |
| 4901 | const char *file_name; |
| 4902 | int nfiles = 0; |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | if (regexp) |
| 4905 | { |
| 4906 | char *colon = strchr (regexp, ':'); |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | if (colon && *(colon + 1) != ':') |
| 4909 | { |
| 4910 | int colon_index; |
| 4911 | char *local_name; |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | colon_index = colon - regexp; |
| 4914 | local_name = alloca (colon_index + 1); |
| 4915 | memcpy (local_name, regexp, colon_index); |
| 4916 | local_name[colon_index--] = 0; |
| 4917 | while (isspace (local_name[colon_index])) |
| 4918 | local_name[colon_index--] = 0; |
| 4919 | file_name = local_name; |
| 4920 | files = &file_name; |
| 4921 | nfiles = 1; |
| 4922 | regexp = skip_spaces (colon + 1); |
| 4923 | } |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | search_symbols (regexp, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, nfiles, files, &ss); |
| 4927 | old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (&ss); |
| 4928 | make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &string); |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | start_rbreak_breakpoints (); |
| 4931 | make_cleanup (do_end_rbreak_breakpoints, NULL); |
| 4932 | for (p = ss; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 4933 | { |
| 4934 | if (p->msymbol.minsym == NULL) |
| 4935 | { |
| 4936 | struct symtab *symtab = symbol_symtab (p->symbol); |
| 4937 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (symtab); |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | int newlen = (strlen (fullname) |
| 4940 | + strlen (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->symbol)) |
| 4941 | + 4); |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | if (newlen > len) |
| 4944 | { |
| 4945 | string = xrealloc (string, newlen); |
| 4946 | len = newlen; |
| 4947 | } |
| 4948 | strcpy (string, fullname); |
| 4949 | strcat (string, ":'"); |
| 4950 | strcat (string, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->symbol)); |
| 4951 | strcat (string, "'"); |
| 4952 | break_command (string, from_tty); |
| 4953 | print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, |
| 4954 | p->symbol, |
| 4955 | p->block, |
| 4956 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab)); |
| 4957 | } |
| 4958 | else |
| 4959 | { |
| 4960 | int newlen = (strlen (MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->msymbol.minsym)) + 3); |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 | if (newlen > len) |
| 4963 | { |
| 4964 | string = xrealloc (string, newlen); |
| 4965 | len = newlen; |
| 4966 | } |
| 4967 | strcpy (string, "'"); |
| 4968 | strcat (string, MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->msymbol.minsym)); |
| 4969 | strcat (string, "'"); |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | break_command (string, from_tty); |
| 4972 | printf_filtered ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n", |
| 4973 | MSYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (p->msymbol.minsym)); |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4978 | } |
| 4979 | \f |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /* Evaluate if NAME matches SYM_TEXT and SYM_TEXT_LEN. |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | Either sym_text[sym_text_len] != '(' and then we search for any |
| 4984 | symbol starting with SYM_TEXT text. |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | Otherwise sym_text[sym_text_len] == '(' and then we require symbol name to |
| 4987 | be terminated at that point. Partial symbol tables do not have parameters |
| 4988 | information. */ |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | static int |
| 4991 | compare_symbol_name (const char *name, const char *sym_text, int sym_text_len) |
| 4992 | { |
| 4993 | int (*ncmp) (const char *, const char *, size_t); |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | ncmp = (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_on ? strncmp : strncasecmp); |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | if (ncmp (name, sym_text, sym_text_len) != 0) |
| 4998 | return 0; |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | if (sym_text[sym_text_len] == '(') |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | /* User searches for `name(someth...'. Require NAME to be terminated. |
| 5003 | Normally psymtabs and gdbindex have no parameter types so '\0' will be |
| 5004 | present but accept even parameters presence. In this case this |
| 5005 | function is in fact strcmp_iw but whitespace skipping is not supported |
| 5006 | for tab completion. */ |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | if (name[sym_text_len] != '\0' && name[sym_text_len] != '(') |
| 5009 | return 0; |
| 5010 | } |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | return 1; |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | /* Free any memory associated with a completion list. */ |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | static void |
| 5018 | free_completion_list (VEC (char_ptr) **list_ptr) |
| 5019 | { |
| 5020 | int i; |
| 5021 | char *p; |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (char_ptr, *list_ptr, i, p); ++i) |
| 5024 | xfree (p); |
| 5025 | VEC_free (char_ptr, *list_ptr); |
| 5026 | } |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | /* Callback for make_cleanup. */ |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | static void |
| 5031 | do_free_completion_list (void *list) |
| 5032 | { |
| 5033 | free_completion_list (list); |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | /* Helper routine for make_symbol_completion_list. */ |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | static VEC (char_ptr) *return_val; |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | #define COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL(symbol, sym_text, len, text, word) \ |
| 5041 | completion_list_add_name \ |
| 5042 | (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (symbol), (sym_text), (len), (text), (word)) |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | #define MCOMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL(symbol, sym_text, len, text, word) \ |
| 5045 | completion_list_add_name \ |
| 5046 | (MSYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (symbol), (sym_text), (len), (text), (word)) |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | /* Tracker for how many unique completions have been generated. Used |
| 5049 | to terminate completion list generation early if the list has grown |
| 5050 | to a size so large as to be useless. This helps avoid GDB seeming |
| 5051 | to lock up in the event the user requests to complete on something |
| 5052 | vague that necessitates the time consuming expansion of many symbol |
| 5053 | tables. */ |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | static completion_tracker_t completion_tracker; |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | /* Test to see if the symbol specified by SYMNAME (which is already |
| 5058 | demangled for C++ symbols) matches SYM_TEXT in the first SYM_TEXT_LEN |
| 5059 | characters. If so, add it to the current completion list. */ |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | static void |
| 5062 | completion_list_add_name (const char *symname, |
| 5063 | const char *sym_text, int sym_text_len, |
| 5064 | const char *text, const char *word) |
| 5065 | { |
| 5066 | /* Clip symbols that cannot match. */ |
| 5067 | if (!compare_symbol_name (symname, sym_text, sym_text_len)) |
| 5068 | return; |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | /* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list |
| 5071 | of matches. Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space. */ |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | { |
| 5074 | char *newobj; |
| 5075 | enum maybe_add_completion_enum add_status; |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 | if (word == sym_text) |
| 5078 | { |
| 5079 | newobj = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5); |
| 5080 | strcpy (newobj, symname); |
| 5081 | } |
| 5082 | else if (word > sym_text) |
| 5083 | { |
| 5084 | /* Return some portion of symname. */ |
| 5085 | newobj = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5); |
| 5086 | strcpy (newobj, symname + (word - sym_text)); |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | else |
| 5089 | { |
| 5090 | /* Return some of SYM_TEXT plus symname. */ |
| 5091 | newobj = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + (sym_text - word) + 5); |
| 5092 | strncpy (newobj, word, sym_text - word); |
| 5093 | newobj[sym_text - word] = '\0'; |
| 5094 | strcat (newobj, symname); |
| 5095 | } |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | add_status = maybe_add_completion (completion_tracker, newobj); |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | switch (add_status) |
| 5100 | { |
| 5101 | case MAYBE_ADD_COMPLETION_OK: |
| 5102 | VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, return_val, newobj); |
| 5103 | break; |
| 5104 | case MAYBE_ADD_COMPLETION_OK_MAX_REACHED: |
| 5105 | VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, return_val, newobj); |
| 5106 | throw_max_completions_reached_error (); |
| 5107 | case MAYBE_ADD_COMPLETION_MAX_REACHED: |
| 5108 | xfree (newobj); |
| 5109 | throw_max_completions_reached_error (); |
| 5110 | case MAYBE_ADD_COMPLETION_DUPLICATE: |
| 5111 | xfree (newobj); |
| 5112 | break; |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | } |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | /* ObjC: In case we are completing on a selector, look as the msymbol |
| 5118 | again and feed all the selectors into the mill. */ |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | static void |
| 5121 | completion_list_objc_symbol (struct minimal_symbol *msymbol, |
| 5122 | const char *sym_text, int sym_text_len, |
| 5123 | const char *text, const char *word) |
| 5124 | { |
| 5125 | static char *tmp = NULL; |
| 5126 | static unsigned int tmplen = 0; |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | const char *method, *category, *selector; |
| 5129 | char *tmp2 = NULL; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | method = MSYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol); |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | /* Is it a method? */ |
| 5134 | if ((method[0] != '-') && (method[0] != '+')) |
| 5135 | return; |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | if (sym_text[0] == '[') |
| 5138 | /* Complete on shortened method method. */ |
| 5139 | completion_list_add_name (method + 1, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | while ((strlen (method) + 1) >= tmplen) |
| 5142 | { |
| 5143 | if (tmplen == 0) |
| 5144 | tmplen = 1024; |
| 5145 | else |
| 5146 | tmplen *= 2; |
| 5147 | tmp = xrealloc (tmp, tmplen); |
| 5148 | } |
| 5149 | selector = strchr (method, ' '); |
| 5150 | if (selector != NULL) |
| 5151 | selector++; |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | category = strchr (method, '('); |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | if ((category != NULL) && (selector != NULL)) |
| 5156 | { |
| 5157 | memcpy (tmp, method, (category - method)); |
| 5158 | tmp[category - method] = ' '; |
| 5159 | memcpy (tmp + (category - method) + 1, selector, strlen (selector) + 1); |
| 5160 | completion_list_add_name (tmp, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5161 | if (sym_text[0] == '[') |
| 5162 | completion_list_add_name (tmp + 1, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5163 | } |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | if (selector != NULL) |
| 5166 | { |
| 5167 | /* Complete on selector only. */ |
| 5168 | strcpy (tmp, selector); |
| 5169 | tmp2 = strchr (tmp, ']'); |
| 5170 | if (tmp2 != NULL) |
| 5171 | *tmp2 = '\0'; |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | completion_list_add_name (tmp, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5174 | } |
| 5175 | } |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | /* Break the non-quoted text based on the characters which are in |
| 5178 | symbols. FIXME: This should probably be language-specific. */ |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | static const char * |
| 5181 | language_search_unquoted_string (const char *text, const char *p) |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | for (; p > text; --p) |
| 5184 | { |
| 5185 | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0') |
| 5186 | continue; |
| 5187 | else |
| 5188 | { |
| 5189 | if ((current_language->la_language == language_objc)) |
| 5190 | { |
| 5191 | if (p[-1] == ':') /* Might be part of a method name. */ |
| 5192 | continue; |
| 5193 | else if (p[-1] == '[' && (p[-2] == '-' || p[-2] == '+')) |
| 5194 | p -= 2; /* Beginning of a method name. */ |
| 5195 | else if (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '(' || p[-1] == ')') |
| 5196 | { /* Might be part of a method name. */ |
| 5197 | const char *t = p; |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | /* Seeing a ' ' or a '(' is not conclusive evidence |
| 5200 | that we are in the middle of a method name. However, |
| 5201 | finding "-[" or "+[" should be pretty un-ambiguous. |
| 5202 | Unfortunately we have to find it now to decide. */ |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | while (t > text) |
| 5205 | if (isalnum (t[-1]) || t[-1] == '_' || |
| 5206 | t[-1] == ' ' || t[-1] == ':' || |
| 5207 | t[-1] == '(' || t[-1] == ')') |
| 5208 | --t; |
| 5209 | else |
| 5210 | break; |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | if (t[-1] == '[' && (t[-2] == '-' || t[-2] == '+')) |
| 5213 | p = t - 2; /* Method name detected. */ |
| 5214 | /* Else we leave with p unchanged. */ |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | break; |
| 5218 | } |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | return p; |
| 5221 | } |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | static void |
| 5224 | completion_list_add_fields (struct symbol *sym, const char *sym_text, |
| 5225 | int sym_text_len, const char *text, |
| 5226 | const char *word) |
| 5227 | { |
| 5228 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 5229 | { |
| 5230 | struct type *t = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 5231 | enum type_code c = TYPE_CODE (t); |
| 5232 | int j; |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 5235 | for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < TYPE_NFIELDS (t); j++) |
| 5236 | if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j)) |
| 5237 | completion_list_add_name (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j), |
| 5238 | sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5239 | } |
| 5240 | } |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | /* Type of the user_data argument passed to add_macro_name, |
| 5243 | symbol_completion_matcher and symtab_expansion_callback. */ |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | struct add_name_data |
| 5246 | { |
| 5247 | /* Arguments required by completion_list_add_name. */ |
| 5248 | const char *sym_text; |
| 5249 | int sym_text_len; |
| 5250 | const char *text; |
| 5251 | const char *word; |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | /* Extra argument required for add_symtab_completions. */ |
| 5254 | enum type_code code; |
| 5255 | }; |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | /* A callback used with macro_for_each and macro_for_each_in_scope. |
| 5258 | This adds a macro's name to the current completion list. */ |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | static void |
| 5261 | add_macro_name (const char *name, const struct macro_definition *ignore, |
| 5262 | struct macro_source_file *ignore2, int ignore3, |
| 5263 | void *user_data) |
| 5264 | { |
| 5265 | struct add_name_data *datum = (struct add_name_data *) user_data; |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | completion_list_add_name (name, |
| 5268 | datum->sym_text, datum->sym_text_len, |
| 5269 | datum->text, datum->word); |
| 5270 | } |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | /* A callback for expand_symtabs_matching. */ |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | static int |
| 5275 | symbol_completion_matcher (const char *name, void *user_data) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | struct add_name_data *datum = (struct add_name_data *) user_data; |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | return compare_symbol_name (name, datum->sym_text, datum->sym_text_len); |
| 5280 | } |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | /* Add matching symbols from SYMTAB to the current completion list. */ |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 | static void |
| 5285 | add_symtab_completions (struct compunit_symtab *cust, |
| 5286 | const char *sym_text, int sym_text_len, |
| 5287 | const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5288 | enum type_code code) |
| 5289 | { |
| 5290 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5291 | const struct block *b; |
| 5292 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 5293 | int i; |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) |
| 5296 | { |
| 5297 | QUIT; |
| 5298 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust), i); |
| 5299 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5300 | { |
| 5301 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF |
| 5302 | || (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN |
| 5303 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == code)) |
| 5304 | COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, |
| 5305 | sym_text, sym_text_len, |
| 5306 | text, word); |
| 5307 | } |
| 5308 | } |
| 5309 | } |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | /* Callback to add completions to the current list when symbol tables |
| 5312 | are expanded during completion list generation. */ |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | static void |
| 5315 | symtab_expansion_callback (struct compunit_symtab *symtab, |
| 5316 | void *user_data) |
| 5317 | { |
| 5318 | struct add_name_data *datum = (struct add_name_data *) user_data; |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | add_symtab_completions (symtab, |
| 5321 | datum->sym_text, datum->sym_text_len, |
| 5322 | datum->text, datum->word, |
| 5323 | datum->code); |
| 5324 | } |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | static void |
| 5327 | default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on_1 (const char *text, |
| 5328 | const char *word, |
| 5329 | const char *break_on, |
| 5330 | enum type_code code) |
| 5331 | { |
| 5332 | /* Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline |
| 5333 | frees them. I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there |
| 5334 | won't be that many. */ |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5337 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; |
| 5338 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 5339 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5340 | const struct block *b; |
| 5341 | const struct block *surrounding_static_block, *surrounding_global_block; |
| 5342 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 5343 | /* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */ |
| 5344 | const char *sym_text; |
| 5345 | /* Length of sym_text. */ |
| 5346 | int sym_text_len; |
| 5347 | struct add_name_data datum; |
| 5348 | struct cleanup *cleanups; |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. */ |
| 5351 | { |
| 5352 | const char *p; |
| 5353 | char quote_found; |
| 5354 | const char *quote_pos = NULL; |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | /* First see if this is a quoted string. */ |
| 5357 | quote_found = '\0'; |
| 5358 | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) |
| 5359 | { |
| 5360 | if (quote_found != '\0') |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | if (*p == quote_found) |
| 5363 | /* Found close quote. */ |
| 5364 | quote_found = '\0'; |
| 5365 | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) |
| 5366 | /* A backslash followed by the quote character |
| 5367 | doesn't end the string. */ |
| 5368 | ++p; |
| 5369 | } |
| 5370 | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') |
| 5371 | { |
| 5372 | quote_found = *p; |
| 5373 | quote_pos = p; |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | } |
| 5376 | if (quote_found == '\'') |
| 5377 | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */ |
| 5378 | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; |
| 5379 | else if (quote_found == '"') |
| 5380 | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense |
| 5381 | to complete it any other way. */ |
| 5382 | { |
| 5383 | return; |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | else |
| 5386 | { |
| 5387 | /* It is not a quoted string. Break it based on the characters |
| 5388 | which are in symbols. */ |
| 5389 | while (p > text) |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0' |
| 5392 | || p[-1] == ':' || strchr (break_on, p[-1]) != NULL) |
| 5393 | --p; |
| 5394 | else |
| 5395 | break; |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | sym_text = p; |
| 5398 | } |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text); |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | /* Prepare SYM_TEXT_LEN for compare_symbol_name. */ |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | if (current_language->la_language == language_cplus |
| 5406 | || current_language->la_language == language_java |
| 5407 | || current_language->la_language == language_fortran) |
| 5408 | { |
| 5409 | /* These languages may have parameters entered by user but they are never |
| 5410 | present in the partial symbol tables. */ |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | const char *cs = memchr (sym_text, '(', sym_text_len); |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | if (cs) |
| 5415 | sym_text_len = cs - sym_text; |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | gdb_assert (sym_text[sym_text_len] == '\0' || sym_text[sym_text_len] == '('); |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | completion_tracker = new_completion_tracker (); |
| 5420 | cleanups = make_cleanup_free_completion_tracker (&completion_tracker); |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | datum.sym_text = sym_text; |
| 5423 | datum.sym_text_len = sym_text_len; |
| 5424 | datum.text = text; |
| 5425 | datum.word = word; |
| 5426 | datum.code = code; |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each |
| 5429 | symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore |
| 5430 | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be |
| 5431 | handled by the psymtab code below). */ |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 5434 | { |
| 5435 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 5436 | { |
| 5437 | QUIT; |
| 5438 | MCOMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (msymbol, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, |
| 5439 | word); |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | completion_list_objc_symbol (msymbol, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, |
| 5442 | word); |
| 5443 | } |
| 5444 | } |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | /* Add completions for all currently loaded symbol tables. */ |
| 5447 | ALL_COMPUNITS (objfile, cust) |
| 5448 | add_symtab_completions (cust, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word, |
| 5449 | code); |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | /* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin |
| 5452 | by matching SYM_TEXT. Expand all CUs that you find to the list. |
| 5453 | symtab_expansion_callback is called for each expanded symtab, |
| 5454 | causing those symtab's completions to be added to the list too. */ |
| 5455 | expand_symtabs_matching (NULL, symbol_completion_matcher, |
| 5456 | symtab_expansion_callback, ALL_DOMAIN, |
| 5457 | &datum); |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can |
| 5460 | complete on local vars). Also catch fields of types defined in |
| 5461 | this places which match our text string. Only complete on types |
| 5462 | visible from current context. */ |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | b = get_selected_block (0); |
| 5465 | surrounding_static_block = block_static_block (b); |
| 5466 | surrounding_global_block = block_global_block (b); |
| 5467 | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) |
| 5468 | while (b != surrounding_static_block) |
| 5469 | { |
| 5470 | QUIT; |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5473 | { |
| 5474 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 5475 | { |
| 5476 | COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, |
| 5477 | word); |
| 5478 | completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, |
| 5479 | word); |
| 5480 | } |
| 5481 | else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN |
| 5482 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == code) |
| 5483 | COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, |
| 5484 | word); |
| 5485 | } |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | /* Stop when we encounter an enclosing function. Do not stop for |
| 5488 | non-inlined functions - the locals of the enclosing function |
| 5489 | are in scope for a nested function. */ |
| 5490 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b)) |
| 5491 | break; |
| 5492 | b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b); |
| 5493 | } |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | /* Add fields from the file's types; symbols will be added below. */ |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 5498 | { |
| 5499 | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) |
| 5500 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_static_block, iter, sym) |
| 5501 | completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | if (surrounding_global_block != NULL) |
| 5504 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_global_block, iter, sym) |
| 5505 | completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5506 | } |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | /* Skip macros if we are completing a struct tag -- arguable but |
| 5509 | usually what is expected. */ |
| 5510 | if (current_language->la_macro_expansion == macro_expansion_c |
| 5511 | && code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 5512 | { |
| 5513 | struct macro_scope *scope; |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | /* Add any macros visible in the default scope. Note that this |
| 5516 | may yield the occasional wrong result, because an expression |
| 5517 | might be evaluated in a scope other than the default. For |
| 5518 | example, if the user types "break file:line if <TAB>", the |
| 5519 | resulting expression will be evaluated at "file:line" -- but |
| 5520 | at there does not seem to be a way to detect this at |
| 5521 | completion time. */ |
| 5522 | scope = default_macro_scope (); |
| 5523 | if (scope) |
| 5524 | { |
| 5525 | macro_for_each_in_scope (scope->file, scope->line, |
| 5526 | add_macro_name, &datum); |
| 5527 | xfree (scope); |
| 5528 | } |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | /* User-defined macros are always visible. */ |
| 5531 | macro_for_each (macro_user_macros, add_macro_name, &datum); |
| 5532 | } |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 5535 | } |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5538 | default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on (const char *text, |
| 5539 | const char *word, |
| 5540 | const char *break_on, |
| 5541 | enum type_code code) |
| 5542 | { |
| 5543 | struct cleanup *back_to; |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | return_val = NULL; |
| 5546 | back_to = make_cleanup (do_free_completion_list, &return_val); |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | TRY |
| 5549 | { |
| 5550 | default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on_1 (text, word, |
| 5551 | break_on, code); |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | CATCH (except, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 5554 | { |
| 5555 | if (except.error != MAX_COMPLETIONS_REACHED_ERROR) |
| 5556 | throw_exception (except); |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | END_CATCH |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | discard_cleanups (back_to); |
| 5561 | return return_val; |
| 5562 | } |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5565 | default_make_symbol_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5566 | enum type_code code) |
| 5567 | { |
| 5568 | return default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on (text, word, "", code); |
| 5569 | } |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | /* Return a vector of all symbols (regardless of class) which begin by |
| 5572 | matching TEXT. If the answer is no symbols, then the return value |
| 5573 | is NULL. */ |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5576 | make_symbol_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word) |
| 5577 | { |
| 5578 | return current_language->la_make_symbol_completion_list (text, word, |
| 5579 | TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); |
| 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | /* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but only return STRUCT_DOMAIN |
| 5583 | symbols whose type code is CODE. */ |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5586 | make_symbol_completion_type (const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5587 | enum type_code code) |
| 5588 | { |
| 5589 | gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 5590 | || code == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 5591 | || code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); |
| 5592 | return current_language->la_make_symbol_completion_list (text, word, code); |
| 5593 | } |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | /* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but suitable for use as a |
| 5596 | completion function. */ |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5599 | make_symbol_completion_list_fn (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, |
| 5600 | const char *text, const char *word) |
| 5601 | { |
| 5602 | return make_symbol_completion_list (text, word); |
| 5603 | } |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | /* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but returns a list of symbols |
| 5606 | defined in a source file FILE. */ |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | static VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5609 | make_file_symbol_completion_list_1 (const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5610 | const char *srcfile) |
| 5611 | { |
| 5612 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5613 | struct symtab *s; |
| 5614 | struct block *b; |
| 5615 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 5616 | /* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */ |
| 5617 | const char *sym_text; |
| 5618 | /* Length of sym_text. */ |
| 5619 | int sym_text_len; |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. |
| 5622 | FIXME: This should be language-specific. */ |
| 5623 | { |
| 5624 | const char *p; |
| 5625 | char quote_found; |
| 5626 | const char *quote_pos = NULL; |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 | /* First see if this is a quoted string. */ |
| 5629 | quote_found = '\0'; |
| 5630 | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) |
| 5631 | { |
| 5632 | if (quote_found != '\0') |
| 5633 | { |
| 5634 | if (*p == quote_found) |
| 5635 | /* Found close quote. */ |
| 5636 | quote_found = '\0'; |
| 5637 | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) |
| 5638 | /* A backslash followed by the quote character |
| 5639 | doesn't end the string. */ |
| 5640 | ++p; |
| 5641 | } |
| 5642 | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') |
| 5643 | { |
| 5644 | quote_found = *p; |
| 5645 | quote_pos = p; |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | } |
| 5648 | if (quote_found == '\'') |
| 5649 | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */ |
| 5650 | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; |
| 5651 | else if (quote_found == '"') |
| 5652 | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense |
| 5653 | to complete it any other way. */ |
| 5654 | { |
| 5655 | return NULL; |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | else |
| 5658 | { |
| 5659 | /* Not a quoted string. */ |
| 5660 | sym_text = language_search_unquoted_string (text, p); |
| 5661 | } |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text); |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | /* Find the symtab for SRCFILE (this loads it if it was not yet read |
| 5667 | in). */ |
| 5668 | s = lookup_symtab (srcfile); |
| 5669 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5670 | { |
| 5671 | /* Maybe they typed the file with leading directories, while the |
| 5672 | symbol tables record only its basename. */ |
| 5673 | const char *tail = lbasename (srcfile); |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | if (tail > srcfile) |
| 5676 | s = lookup_symtab (tail); |
| 5677 | } |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | /* If we have no symtab for that file, return an empty list. */ |
| 5680 | if (s == NULL) |
| 5681 | return (return_val); |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | /* Go through this symtab and check the externs and statics for |
| 5684 | symbols which match. */ |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 5687 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5688 | { |
| 5689 | COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5690 | } |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 5693 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 5694 | { |
| 5695 | COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word); |
| 5696 | } |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | return (return_val); |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | /* Wrapper around make_file_symbol_completion_list_1 |
| 5702 | to handle MAX_COMPLETIONS_REACHED_ERROR. */ |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5705 | make_file_symbol_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5706 | const char *srcfile) |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | struct cleanup *back_to, *cleanups; |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | completion_tracker = new_completion_tracker (); |
| 5711 | cleanups = make_cleanup_free_completion_tracker (&completion_tracker); |
| 5712 | return_val = NULL; |
| 5713 | back_to = make_cleanup (do_free_completion_list, &return_val); |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | TRY |
| 5716 | { |
| 5717 | make_file_symbol_completion_list_1 (text, word, srcfile); |
| 5718 | } |
| 5719 | CATCH (except, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) |
| 5720 | { |
| 5721 | if (except.error != MAX_COMPLETIONS_REACHED_ERROR) |
| 5722 | throw_exception (except); |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | END_CATCH |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 | discard_cleanups (back_to); |
| 5727 | do_cleanups (cleanups); |
| 5728 | return return_val; |
| 5729 | } |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | /* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list. It adds |
| 5732 | another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the |
| 5733 | list as necessary. */ |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | static void |
| 5736 | add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, const char *text, const char *word, |
| 5737 | VEC (char_ptr) **list) |
| 5738 | { |
| 5739 | char *newobj; |
| 5740 | size_t fnlen = strlen (fname); |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | if (word == text) |
| 5743 | { |
| 5744 | /* Return exactly fname. */ |
| 5745 | newobj = xmalloc (fnlen + 5); |
| 5746 | strcpy (newobj, fname); |
| 5747 | } |
| 5748 | else if (word > text) |
| 5749 | { |
| 5750 | /* Return some portion of fname. */ |
| 5751 | newobj = xmalloc (fnlen + 5); |
| 5752 | strcpy (newobj, fname + (word - text)); |
| 5753 | } |
| 5754 | else |
| 5755 | { |
| 5756 | /* Return some of TEXT plus fname. */ |
| 5757 | newobj = xmalloc (fnlen + (text - word) + 5); |
| 5758 | strncpy (newobj, word, text - word); |
| 5759 | newobj[text - word] = '\0'; |
| 5760 | strcat (newobj, fname); |
| 5761 | } |
| 5762 | VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, *list, newobj); |
| 5763 | } |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | static int |
| 5766 | not_interesting_fname (const char *fname) |
| 5767 | { |
| 5768 | static const char *illegal_aliens[] = { |
| 5769 | "_globals_", /* inserted by coff_symtab_read */ |
| 5770 | NULL |
| 5771 | }; |
| 5772 | int i; |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++) |
| 5775 | { |
| 5776 | if (filename_cmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0) |
| 5777 | return 1; |
| 5778 | } |
| 5779 | return 0; |
| 5780 | } |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to |
| 5783 | map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ |
| 5784 | struct add_partial_filename_data |
| 5785 | { |
| 5786 | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; |
| 5787 | const char *text; |
| 5788 | const char *word; |
| 5789 | int text_len; |
| 5790 | VEC (char_ptr) **list; |
| 5791 | }; |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | /* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | static void |
| 5796 | maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename (const char *filename, const char *fullname, |
| 5797 | void *user_data) |
| 5798 | { |
| 5799 | struct add_partial_filename_data *data = user_data; |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 | if (not_interesting_fname (filename)) |
| 5802 | return; |
| 5803 | if (!filename_seen (data->filename_seen_cache, filename, 1) |
| 5804 | && filename_ncmp (filename, data->text, data->text_len) == 0) |
| 5805 | { |
| 5806 | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the |
| 5807 | current list of matches. */ |
| 5808 | add_filename_to_list (filename, data->text, data->word, data->list); |
| 5809 | } |
| 5810 | else |
| 5811 | { |
| 5812 | const char *base_name = lbasename (filename); |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | if (base_name != filename |
| 5815 | && !filename_seen (data->filename_seen_cache, base_name, 1) |
| 5816 | && filename_ncmp (base_name, data->text, data->text_len) == 0) |
| 5817 | add_filename_to_list (base_name, data->text, data->word, data->list); |
| 5818 | } |
| 5819 | } |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | /* Return a vector of all source files whose names begin with matching |
| 5822 | TEXT. The file names are looked up in the symbol tables of this |
| 5823 | program. If the answer is no matchess, then the return value is |
| 5824 | NULL. */ |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 | VEC (char_ptr) * |
| 5827 | make_source_files_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word) |
| 5828 | { |
| 5829 | struct compunit_symtab *cu; |
| 5830 | struct symtab *s; |
| 5831 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5832 | size_t text_len = strlen (text); |
| 5833 | VEC (char_ptr) *list = NULL; |
| 5834 | const char *base_name; |
| 5835 | struct add_partial_filename_data datum; |
| 5836 | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; |
| 5837 | struct cleanup *back_to, *cache_cleanup; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ()) |
| 5840 | return list; |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 | back_to = make_cleanup (do_free_completion_list, &list); |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | filename_seen_cache = create_filename_seen_cache (); |
| 5845 | cache_cleanup = make_cleanup (delete_filename_seen_cache, |
| 5846 | filename_seen_cache); |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | ALL_FILETABS (objfile, cu, s) |
| 5849 | { |
| 5850 | if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename)) |
| 5851 | continue; |
| 5852 | if (!filename_seen (filename_seen_cache, s->filename, 1) |
| 5853 | && filename_ncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 5854 | { |
| 5855 | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current |
| 5856 | list of matches. */ |
| 5857 | add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, word, &list); |
| 5858 | } |
| 5859 | else |
| 5860 | { |
| 5861 | /* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the |
| 5862 | debug info records leading directories, but not the other |
| 5863 | way around. This is what subroutines of breakpoint |
| 5864 | command do when they parse file names. */ |
| 5865 | base_name = lbasename (s->filename); |
| 5866 | if (base_name != s->filename |
| 5867 | && !filename_seen (filename_seen_cache, base_name, 1) |
| 5868 | && filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 5869 | add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word, &list); |
| 5870 | } |
| 5871 | } |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | datum.filename_seen_cache = filename_seen_cache; |
| 5874 | datum.text = text; |
| 5875 | datum.word = word; |
| 5876 | datum.text_len = text_len; |
| 5877 | datum.list = &list; |
| 5878 | map_symbol_filenames (maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename, &datum, |
| 5879 | 0 /*need_fullname*/); |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | do_cleanups (cache_cleanup); |
| 5882 | discard_cleanups (back_to); |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | return list; |
| 5885 | } |
| 5886 | \f |
| 5887 | /* Track MAIN */ |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | /* Return the "main_info" object for the current program space. If |
| 5890 | the object has not yet been created, create it and fill in some |
| 5891 | default values. */ |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 | static struct main_info * |
| 5894 | get_main_info (void) |
| 5895 | { |
| 5896 | struct main_info *info = program_space_data (current_program_space, |
| 5897 | main_progspace_key); |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | if (info == NULL) |
| 5900 | { |
| 5901 | /* It may seem strange to store the main name in the progspace |
| 5902 | and also in whatever objfile happens to see a main name in |
| 5903 | its debug info. The reason for this is mainly historical: |
| 5904 | gdb returned "main" as the name even if no function named |
| 5905 | "main" was defined the program; and this approach lets us |
| 5906 | keep compatibility. */ |
| 5907 | info = XCNEW (struct main_info); |
| 5908 | info->language_of_main = language_unknown; |
| 5909 | set_program_space_data (current_program_space, main_progspace_key, |
| 5910 | info); |
| 5911 | } |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | return info; |
| 5914 | } |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | /* A cleanup to destroy a struct main_info when a progspace is |
| 5917 | destroyed. */ |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | static void |
| 5920 | main_info_cleanup (struct program_space *pspace, void *data) |
| 5921 | { |
| 5922 | struct main_info *info = data; |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | if (info != NULL) |
| 5925 | xfree (info->name_of_main); |
| 5926 | xfree (info); |
| 5927 | } |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | static void |
| 5930 | set_main_name (const char *name, enum language lang) |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | if (info->name_of_main != NULL) |
| 5935 | { |
| 5936 | xfree (info->name_of_main); |
| 5937 | info->name_of_main = NULL; |
| 5938 | info->language_of_main = language_unknown; |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | if (name != NULL) |
| 5941 | { |
| 5942 | info->name_of_main = xstrdup (name); |
| 5943 | info->language_of_main = lang; |
| 5944 | } |
| 5945 | } |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | /* Deduce the name of the main procedure, and set NAME_OF_MAIN |
| 5948 | accordingly. */ |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | static void |
| 5951 | find_main_name (void) |
| 5952 | { |
| 5953 | const char *new_main_name; |
| 5954 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | /* First check the objfiles to see whether a debuginfo reader has |
| 5957 | picked up the appropriate main name. Historically the main name |
| 5958 | was found in a more or less random way; this approach instead |
| 5959 | relies on the order of objfile creation -- which still isn't |
| 5960 | guaranteed to get the correct answer, but is just probably more |
| 5961 | accurate. */ |
| 5962 | ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) |
| 5963 | { |
| 5964 | if (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main != NULL) |
| 5965 | { |
| 5966 | set_main_name (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main, |
| 5967 | objfile->per_bfd->language_of_main); |
| 5968 | return; |
| 5969 | } |
| 5970 | } |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | /* Try to see if the main procedure is in Ada. */ |
| 5973 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-03-07: Another way of doing this would |
| 5974 | be to add a new method in the language vector, and call this |
| 5975 | method for each language until one of them returns a non-empty |
| 5976 | name. This would allow us to remove this hard-coded call to |
| 5977 | an Ada function. It is not clear that this is a better approach |
| 5978 | at this point, because all methods need to be written in a way |
| 5979 | such that false positives never be returned. For instance, it is |
| 5980 | important that a method does not return a wrong name for the main |
| 5981 | procedure if the main procedure is actually written in a different |
| 5982 | language. It is easy to guaranty this with Ada, since we use a |
| 5983 | special symbol generated only when the main in Ada to find the name |
| 5984 | of the main procedure. It is difficult however to see how this can |
| 5985 | be guarantied for languages such as C, for instance. This suggests |
| 5986 | that order of call for these methods becomes important, which means |
| 5987 | a more complicated approach. */ |
| 5988 | new_main_name = ada_main_name (); |
| 5989 | if (new_main_name != NULL) |
| 5990 | { |
| 5991 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_ada); |
| 5992 | return; |
| 5993 | } |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | new_main_name = d_main_name (); |
| 5996 | if (new_main_name != NULL) |
| 5997 | { |
| 5998 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_d); |
| 5999 | return; |
| 6000 | } |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 | new_main_name = go_main_name (); |
| 6003 | if (new_main_name != NULL) |
| 6004 | { |
| 6005 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_go); |
| 6006 | return; |
| 6007 | } |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | new_main_name = pascal_main_name (); |
| 6010 | if (new_main_name != NULL) |
| 6011 | { |
| 6012 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_pascal); |
| 6013 | return; |
| 6014 | } |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | /* The languages above didn't identify the name of the main procedure. |
| 6017 | Fallback to "main". */ |
| 6018 | set_main_name ("main", language_unknown); |
| 6019 | } |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | char * |
| 6022 | main_name (void) |
| 6023 | { |
| 6024 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | if (info->name_of_main == NULL) |
| 6027 | find_main_name (); |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | return info->name_of_main; |
| 6030 | } |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | /* Return the language of the main function. If it is not known, |
| 6033 | return language_unknown. */ |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | enum language |
| 6036 | main_language (void) |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | if (info->name_of_main == NULL) |
| 6041 | find_main_name (); |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | return info->language_of_main; |
| 6044 | } |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | /* Handle ``executable_changed'' events for the symtab module. */ |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | static void |
| 6049 | symtab_observer_executable_changed (void) |
| 6050 | { |
| 6051 | /* NAME_OF_MAIN may no longer be the same, so reset it for now. */ |
| 6052 | set_main_name (NULL, language_unknown); |
| 6053 | } |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | /* Return 1 if the supplied producer string matches the ARM RealView |
| 6056 | compiler (armcc). */ |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 | int |
| 6059 | producer_is_realview (const char *producer) |
| 6060 | { |
| 6061 | static const char *const arm_idents[] = { |
| 6062 | "ARM C Compiler, ADS", |
| 6063 | "Thumb C Compiler, ADS", |
| 6064 | "ARM C++ Compiler, ADS", |
| 6065 | "Thumb C++ Compiler, ADS", |
| 6066 | "ARM/Thumb C/C++ Compiler, RVCT", |
| 6067 | "ARM C/C++ Compiler, RVCT" |
| 6068 | }; |
| 6069 | int i; |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | if (producer == NULL) |
| 6072 | return 0; |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (arm_idents); i++) |
| 6075 | if (startswith (producer, arm_idents[i])) |
| 6076 | return 1; |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | return 0; |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | \f |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | /* The next index to hand out in response to a registration request. */ |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | static int next_aclass_value = LOC_FINAL_VALUE; |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | /* The maximum number of "aclass" registrations we support. This is |
| 6088 | constant for convenience. */ |
| 6089 | #define MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS (LOC_FINAL_VALUE + 10) |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | /* The objects representing the various "aclass" values. The elements |
| 6092 | from 0 up to LOC_FINAL_VALUE-1 represent themselves, and subsequent |
| 6093 | elements are those registered at gdb initialization time. */ |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | static struct symbol_impl symbol_impl[MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS]; |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | /* The globally visible pointer. This is separate from 'symbol_impl' |
| 6098 | so that it can be const. */ |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | const struct symbol_impl *symbol_impls = &symbol_impl[0]; |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 | /* Make sure we saved enough room in struct symbol. */ |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | gdb_static_assert (MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS <= (1 << SYMBOL_ACLASS_BITS)); |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | /* Register a computed symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_COMPUTED. OPS |
| 6107 | is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the new |
| 6108 | index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols |
| 6109 | of this type. */ |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | int |
| 6112 | register_symbol_computed_impl (enum address_class aclass, |
| 6113 | const struct symbol_computed_ops *ops) |
| 6114 | { |
| 6115 | int result = next_aclass_value++; |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_COMPUTED); |
| 6118 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); |
| 6119 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; |
| 6120 | symbol_impl[result].ops_computed = ops; |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | /* Sanity check OPS. */ |
| 6123 | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); |
| 6124 | gdb_assert (ops->tracepoint_var_ref != NULL); |
| 6125 | gdb_assert (ops->describe_location != NULL); |
| 6126 | gdb_assert (ops->read_needs_frame != NULL); |
| 6127 | gdb_assert (ops->read_variable != NULL); |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | return result; |
| 6130 | } |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | /* Register a function with frame base type. ACLASS must be LOC_BLOCK. |
| 6133 | OPS is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the |
| 6134 | new index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols |
| 6135 | of this type. */ |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | int |
| 6138 | register_symbol_block_impl (enum address_class aclass, |
| 6139 | const struct symbol_block_ops *ops) |
| 6140 | { |
| 6141 | int result = next_aclass_value++; |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_BLOCK); |
| 6144 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); |
| 6145 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; |
| 6146 | symbol_impl[result].ops_block = ops; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | /* Sanity check OPS. */ |
| 6149 | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); |
| 6150 | gdb_assert (ops->find_frame_base_location != NULL); |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | return result; |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | /* Register a register symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_REGISTER or |
| 6156 | LOC_REGPARM_ADDR. OPS is the register ops vector associated with |
| 6157 | this index. This returns the new index, which should be used as |
| 6158 | the aclass_index field for symbols of this type. */ |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | int |
| 6161 | register_symbol_register_impl (enum address_class aclass, |
| 6162 | const struct symbol_register_ops *ops) |
| 6163 | { |
| 6164 | int result = next_aclass_value++; |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_REGISTER || aclass == LOC_REGPARM_ADDR); |
| 6167 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); |
| 6168 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; |
| 6169 | symbol_impl[result].ops_register = ops; |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | return result; |
| 6172 | } |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | /* Initialize elements of 'symbol_impl' for the constants in enum |
| 6175 | address_class. */ |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | static void |
| 6178 | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (void) |
| 6179 | { |
| 6180 | int i; |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | for (i = 0; i < LOC_FINAL_VALUE; ++i) |
| 6183 | symbol_impl[i].aclass = (enum address_class) i; |
| 6184 | } |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | \f |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | /* Helper function to initialize the fields of an objfile-owned symbol. |
| 6189 | It assumed that *SYM is already all zeroes. */ |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | static void |
| 6192 | initialize_objfile_symbol_1 (struct symbol *sym) |
| 6193 | { |
| 6194 | SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym) = 1; |
| 6195 | SYMBOL_SECTION (sym) = -1; |
| 6196 | } |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | /* Initialize the symbol SYM, and mark it as being owned by an objfile. */ |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | void |
| 6201 | initialize_objfile_symbol (struct symbol *sym) |
| 6202 | { |
| 6203 | memset (sym, 0, sizeof (*sym)); |
| 6204 | initialize_objfile_symbol_1 (sym); |
| 6205 | } |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | /* Allocate and initialize a new 'struct symbol' on OBJFILE's |
| 6208 | obstack. */ |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | struct symbol * |
| 6211 | allocate_symbol (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 6212 | { |
| 6213 | struct symbol *result; |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | result = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct symbol); |
| 6216 | initialize_objfile_symbol_1 (result); |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | return result; |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | /* Allocate and initialize a new 'struct template_symbol' on OBJFILE's |
| 6222 | obstack. */ |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | struct template_symbol * |
| 6225 | allocate_template_symbol (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 6226 | { |
| 6227 | struct template_symbol *result; |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 | result = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct template_symbol); |
| 6230 | initialize_objfile_symbol_1 (&result->base); |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | return result; |
| 6233 | } |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | struct objfile * |
| 6238 | symbol_objfile (const struct symbol *symbol) |
| 6239 | { |
| 6240 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); |
| 6241 | return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (symbol->owner.symtab); |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | struct gdbarch * |
| 6247 | symbol_arch (const struct symbol *symbol) |
| 6248 | { |
| 6249 | if (!SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)) |
| 6250 | return symbol->owner.arch; |
| 6251 | return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (symbol->owner.symtab)); |
| 6252 | } |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | struct symtab * |
| 6257 | symbol_symtab (const struct symbol *symbol) |
| 6258 | { |
| 6259 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); |
| 6260 | return symbol->owner.symtab; |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | void |
| 6266 | symbol_set_symtab (struct symbol *symbol, struct symtab *symtab) |
| 6267 | { |
| 6268 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); |
| 6269 | symbol->owner.symtab = symtab; |
| 6270 | } |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | \f |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | void |
| 6275 | _initialize_symtab (void) |
| 6276 | { |
| 6277 | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (); |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | main_progspace_key |
| 6280 | = register_program_space_data_with_cleanup (NULL, main_info_cleanup); |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | symbol_cache_key |
| 6283 | = register_program_space_data_with_cleanup (NULL, symbol_cache_cleanup); |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | add_info ("variables", variables_info, _("\ |
| 6286 | All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP.")); |
| 6287 | if (dbx_commands) |
| 6288 | add_com ("whereis", class_info, variables_info, _("\ |
| 6289 | All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP.")); |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | add_info ("functions", functions_info, |
| 6292 | _("All function names, or those matching REGEXP.")); |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | /* FIXME: This command has at least the following problems: |
| 6295 | 1. It prints builtin types (in a very strange and confusing fashion). |
| 6296 | 2. It doesn't print right, e.g. with |
| 6297 | typedef struct foo *FOO |
| 6298 | type_print prints "FOO" when we want to make it (in this situation) |
| 6299 | print "struct foo *". |
| 6300 | I also think "ptype" or "whatis" is more likely to be useful (but if |
| 6301 | there is much disagreement "info types" can be fixed). */ |
| 6302 | add_info ("types", types_info, |
| 6303 | _("All type names, or those matching REGEXP.")); |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | add_info ("sources", sources_info, |
| 6306 | _("Source files in the program.")); |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command, |
| 6309 | _("Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP.")); |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | add_setshow_enum_cmd ("multiple-symbols", no_class, |
| 6312 | multiple_symbols_modes, &multiple_symbols_mode, |
| 6313 | _("\ |
| 6314 | Set the debugger behavior when more than one symbol are possible matches\n\ |
| 6315 | in an expression."), _("\ |
| 6316 | Show how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\ |
| 6317 | Valid values are \"ask\", \"all\", \"cancel\", and the default is \"all\"."), |
| 6318 | NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist); |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("basenames-may-differ", class_obscure, |
| 6321 | &basenames_may_differ, _("\ |
| 6322 | Set whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ |
| 6323 | Show whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ |
| 6324 | (A \"base name\" is the name of a file with the directory part removed.\n\ |
| 6325 | Example: The base name of \"/home/user/hello.c\" is \"hello.c\".)\n\ |
| 6326 | If set, GDB will canonicalize file names (e.g., expand symlinks)\n\ |
| 6327 | before comparing them. Canonicalization is an expensive operation,\n\ |
| 6328 | but it allows the same file be known by more than one base name.\n\ |
| 6329 | If not set (the default), all source files are assumed to have just\n\ |
| 6330 | one base name, and gdb will do file name comparisons more efficiently."), |
| 6331 | NULL, NULL, |
| 6332 | &setlist, &showlist); |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symtab-create", no_class, &symtab_create_debug, |
| 6335 | _("Set debugging of symbol table creation."), |
| 6336 | _("Show debugging of symbol table creation."), _("\ |
| 6337 | When enabled (non-zero), debugging messages are printed when building\n\ |
| 6338 | symbol tables. A value of 1 (one) normally provides enough information.\n\ |
| 6339 | A value greater than 1 provides more verbose information."), |
| 6340 | NULL, |
| 6341 | NULL, |
| 6342 | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-lookup", no_class, &symbol_lookup_debug, |
| 6345 | _("\ |
| 6346 | Set debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ |
| 6347 | Show debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ |
| 6348 | When enabled (non-zero), symbol lookups are logged."), |
| 6349 | NULL, NULL, |
| 6350 | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-cache-size", no_class, |
| 6353 | &new_symbol_cache_size, |
| 6354 | _("Set the size of the symbol cache."), |
| 6355 | _("Show the size of the symbol cache."), _("\ |
| 6356 | The size of the symbol cache.\n\ |
| 6357 | If zero then the symbol cache is disabled."), |
| 6358 | set_symbol_cache_size_handler, NULL, |
| 6359 | &maintenance_set_cmdlist, |
| 6360 | &maintenance_show_cmdlist); |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance, maintenance_print_symbol_cache, |
| 6363 | _("Dump the symbol cache for each program space."), |
| 6364 | &maintenanceprintlist); |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 | add_cmd ("symbol-cache-statistics", class_maintenance, |
| 6367 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics, |
| 6368 | _("Print symbol cache statistics for each program space."), |
| 6369 | &maintenanceprintlist); |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | add_cmd ("flush-symbol-cache", class_maintenance, |
| 6372 | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache, |
| 6373 | _("Flush the symbol cache for each program space."), |
| 6374 | &maintenancelist); |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 | observer_attach_executable_changed (symtab_observer_executable_changed); |
| 6377 | observer_attach_new_objfile (symtab_new_objfile_observer); |
| 6378 | observer_attach_free_objfile (symtab_free_objfile_observer); |
| 6379 | } |